| 8 | BeginString | STRING | Y | FIX protocol version
The tag indicates the beginning of a new message.
This tag must be the first tag in the message.
You must set the value to FIX.4.2 or FIX.4.4.
| | 9 | BodyLength | INT | Y | Message length (in characters)
The value represents number of characters in the message following
this tag up to, and including, the delimiter immediately preceding Tag
10 (CheckSum). This tag must be the second field in a message.
| | 35 | MsgType | STRING | Y | Type of message contained in the message body
This tag must appear third in the list of header tags.
Possible values:- 0: Heartbeat
- 1: Test Request
- 2: Resend Request
- 3: Reject
- 4: Sequence Reset
- 5: Logout
- 8: Execution Report
- 9: Order Cancel Reject
- A: Logon
- B: News
- c: Security Definition Request
- D: Order Single
- d: Security Definition
- e: Security Status Request
- f: Security Status
- F: Order Cancel Request
- G: Order Cancel Replace Request
- H: Order Status Request
- Q: Don’t Know Trade (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- R: Quote Request
- V: Market Data Request
- W: Market Data Snapshot Full Refresh
- X: Market Data Incremental Refresh
- Y: Market Data Request Reject
- AD: Trade Capture Report Request
- AE: Trade Capture Report
- AQ: Trade Capture Report Request Ack
| | 49 | SenderCompID | STRING | Y | ID for the FIX client, corresponding to the RemoteCompID specified for the user in TT User Setup
| | 56 | TargetCompID | STRING | Y | TT session identity
TT FIX does not validate this field. To guarantee session persistence, the FIX client must maintain the same value of this field for the life of the session.
You can use any value in this tag to identify the TT session for the FIX client. TT FIX will return this value in tag 49 (SenderCompID) in its responses.
| | 50 | SenderSubID | STRING | N | Unique ID for the message sender
For order routing messages, this tag overrides the exchange Operator ID configured in Setup.
| | 142 | SenderLocationID | STRING | N | Specific message originator’s location (i.e. geographic location and/or
desk, trader)
| | 116 | OnBehalfOfSubID | STRING | CRequired when multiple users are associated with the account.
| Unique Trader ID
The value maps to the Alias field configured for a user in Setup.
| | 129 | DeliverToSubID | STRING | C | Value of Tag 116 (OnBehalfOfSubID) in the FIX client request.
| | 34 | MsgSeqNum | SEQNUM | Y | Message sequence number
| | 43 | PossDupFlag | BOOLEAN | CMust send when a FIX client resends messages
| Whether the sequence number for this message is already used
Possible values:- N: NO: Original transmission
- Y: YES: Possible duplicate
| | 122 | OrigSendingTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | CRequired for resent messages
| Original time of message transmission, when transmitting orders as the result of a resend request
Always expressed in UTC.
| | 52 | SendingTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | Y | Time, in UTC, the message was sent.
| | 57 | TargetSubID | STRING | CIf the Target Sub Id field has a value for the FIX Session in Setup, you must supply that value is this tag for a Logon (A) message.
| Unique ID for the message receiver.
|
|
| 11 | ClOrdID | STRING | Y | Order identifier for the order.
Uniqueness must be guaranteed within a single trading day. Firms, particularly those which electronically submit multi-day orders, trade globally or throughout market close periods, should ensure uniqueness across days, for example by embedding a date within the ClOrdID field.
Note: Tag 11 (ClOrdID) of an order can change over time.
|
| 60 | TransactTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time, in UTC, the transaction occurred with microsecond precision.
For example:
- Millisecond precision: 60=20170509-22:34:56.881
- Microsecond precision: 60=20170509-22:34:56.881321
Note: This tag is valid only in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
|
| 37 | OrderID | STRING | CSent only for FIX Drop Copy OUT sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled for the session in TT Setup. The tag is ignored if sent on FIX Order Routing sessions.
| Internal TT order key assigned to all orders submitted through any TT software.
The value remains constant for the life of an order.
Note: The value is unique per TT environment.
|
| 18218 | TTCustomerName | STRING | C | The Order Profile applied to the TT account.
Can be used by FIX clients to specify the User Setup Order Profile name to be applied to a new order / change order message.
If the successful lookup includes an Order Profile, the profile name is copied to Tag 18218, TT Customer Name.
|
| 18219 | SecondaryAccount | STRING | C | An externally defined account name used to lookup a single TT account in Setup.
The TT account is then assigned to Tag 1 (Order-routing account) on the order.
|
| 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
Possible values:
- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
|
|
| 48 | SecurityID | STRING | Y | ID of the instrument.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 22 (IDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 48 | SecurityID | STRING | Y | ID of the instrument.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 22 (IDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 22 | IDSource | STRING | Y | Source for the value of tag 48 (SecurityID).
Note: The following markets support RIC codes (22=5) for identifying futures, spreads and options instruments in tag 48 (SecurityID):
- ASX
- DGCX
- CFE
- CME
- EEX
- EUREX
- Euronext
- Hkex
- ICE
- ICE_L
- LME
- MEFF
- MX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFX
- TOCOM
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 48 (SecurityID) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange symbol
- 91: Ticker symbol
- 96: TT security ID
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
- X: Series key
| | 22 | IDSource | STRING | Y | Source for the value of tag 48 (SecurityID).
Possible values:- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange symbol
- 91: Ticker symbol
- 96: TT security ID
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
- X: Series key
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent and when tag 22 (IDSource) is 8 (Exchange symbol), 97 (Alias) or 9 (Name).
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | C | Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent and when tag 22 (IDSource) is 8 (Exchange symbol), 97 (Alias) or 9 (Name).
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent
| Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CSent when available for FIX 4.2 sessions
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 461 | CFICode | STRING | N |
Type of security using ISO 10962 standard,
Classification of Financial Instruments (CFI code) values.
ISO 10962 is maintained by ANNA (Association of National Numbering
Agencies) acting as Registration Authority.
Note: For SPOT and CUR products, you must also
specify the corresponding tag 167 (SecurityType) value.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 167 | SecurityType | STRING | Y | Asset class of the instrument.
Possible values:- CS: common stock
- CUR: currency
- FOR: Spot FX
- FUT: future
- MLEG: multi-leg
- NDF: Non-Deliverable Forwards
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
- OPT: option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: treasury bond
- INDEX: index
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 167 | SecurityType | STRING | Y | Asset class of the instrument.
Possible values:- CS: common stock
- CUR: currency
- FOR: Spot FX
- FUT: future
- MLEG: multi-leg
- NDF: Non-Deliverable Forwards
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
- OPT: option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: treasury bond
- INDEX: index
| | 460 | Product | INT | N | Product type associated with the security.
Note: Sent only in
Security
Definition (d)
and
Execution
Report (8)
messages.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 107 | SecurityDesc | STRING | N | Security description.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 454 | NoSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | Y | Number of alternate security IDs in this repeating group
| | 455 | SecurityAltID | STRING | Y |
Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display
purposes.
| | 456 | SecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | Identifies class or source of the SecurityAltID (455) value.
Notes:
99 (Other) is not valid for order routing requests.
At this time, TT does not support FIX order routing or FIX market data subscriptions using CUSIP numbers for BrokerTec Treasury securities on CME.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 91: Ticker Symbol
- 92: TT product family ID (sent only for Security Definition (d) messages)
- 93: TT product ID (sent only for Security Definition (d) messages)
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other (Set to instrument symbol if both product symbol and an instrument symbol are present in PDS and they are not the same.)
- 100: Energy Identifier Code (EIC). Currently only used for the EPEX and Nord Pool exchanges.
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16207 | BloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | C | Name of the market where the instrument of the SecurityAltID (455) value trades.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | CNot used when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
| Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
| | 200 | MaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | CRequired when Tag 541 is not specified and Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG or SPOT
| Month and year the instrument reaches maturity in the format YYYYMM.
Note: If included, tag 541 (MaturityDate) will override this tag.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 541 | MaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | CRequired when Tag 200 is not specified and Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG or SPOT
| Maturity date in format YYYYMMDD.
Note: This tag value overrides tag 200 (MaturityMonthYear) and tag 205 (MaturityDay), if they are also specified.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 205 | MaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | CRequired when multiple contracts exist for the same month
| Day of expiration for the instrument.
TT FIX uses this value and tag 200 (MaturityMonthYear) to specify the maturity date when tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG and tag 18211 (DeliveryTerm) is not Month.
Whenever possible, tag 200 will match the Month & Year shown in TT Market Explorer, not the tag 541/Maturity Date field. In those cases where the MonthYear does not match, the value in tag 205 will be the day from tag 541, not necessarily the day associated with tag 200 MonthYear.
Range: 1-31
Note: If included, tag 541 (MaturityDate) will override this tag.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 18223 | ContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term in the form, YYYYMM
Condition: Sent when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG
| | 18211 | DeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a monthly delivery term.
Note: When Tag 18211 DeliveryTerm equals any value except ‘M’, ‘Y’ or ‘Q’, then you must specify the delivery day/date in Tag 205 MaturityDay or Tag 541 MaturityDate.
Note: If you include this tag for instrument’s that do not require it, TT FIX rejects the request.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- U: Bundle
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
- Note: The following values are only available for EPEX and Nord Pool:
- a: Quarter hour
- b: Half hour
- c: One hour
- d: Two hour
- e: Four hour
- f: Eight hour
- g: One plus two
- h: Three plus four
- i: Baseload
- j: Peakload
- k: Overnight
- l: Extended peak
Note: If you include this tag for instrument’s that do not require it, TT FIX rejects the request.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 743 | DeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Date for contract delivery
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 201 | PutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 202 | StrikePrice | PRICE | CRequired when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT
| Strike price for an option
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 15 | Currency | CURRENCY | C | ISO-standard symbol for the instrument’s trading currency.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 206 | OptAttribute | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT.
- A version for the underlying instrument exists.
| Additional information about the option contract.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 762 | SecuritySubType | STRING | N | Sub-type qualification or identification of the SecurityType
For example, an instrument with SecurityType(167)=”MLEG” might use this tag to specify the name of the option or futures strategy, such as “Calendar”, “Vertical”, or “Butterfly”.
For synthetic staged orders, i.e., HandlInst (21)=3 and SecurityType(167)=”Synthetic”, the TT FIX engine checks whether the instrument already exists and automatically creates the synthetic spread if the instrument does not exist.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
Possible values:
- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
|
|
|
| 48 | SecurityID | STRING | Y | ID of the instrument.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 22 (IDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 48 | SecurityID | STRING | Y | ID of the instrument.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 22 (IDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 22 | IDSource | STRING | Y | Source for the value of tag 48 (SecurityID).
Note: The following markets support RIC codes (22=5) for identifying futures, spreads and options instruments in tag 48 (SecurityID):
- ASX
- DGCX
- CFE
- CME
- EEX
- EUREX
- Euronext
- Hkex
- ICE
- ICE_L
- LME
- MEFF
- MX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFX
- TOCOM
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 48 (SecurityID) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange symbol
- 91: Ticker symbol
- 96: TT security ID
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
- X: Series key
| | 22 | IDSource | STRING | Y | Source for the value of tag 48 (SecurityID).
Possible values:- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange symbol
- 91: Ticker symbol
- 96: TT security ID
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
- X: Series key
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent and when tag 22 (IDSource) is 8 (Exchange symbol), 97 (Alias) or 9 (Name).
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | C | Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent and when tag 22 (IDSource) is 8 (Exchange symbol), 97 (Alias) or 9 (Name).
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent
| Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CSent when available for FIX 4.2 sessions
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 461 | CFICode | STRING | N |
Type of security using ISO 10962 standard,
Classification of Financial Instruments (CFI code) values.
ISO 10962 is maintained by ANNA (Association of National Numbering
Agencies) acting as Registration Authority.
Note: For SPOT and CUR products, you must also
specify the corresponding tag 167 (SecurityType) value.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 167 | SecurityType | STRING | Y | Asset class of the instrument.
Possible values:- CS: common stock
- CUR: currency
- FOR: Spot FX
- FUT: future
- MLEG: multi-leg
- NDF: Non-Deliverable Forwards
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
- OPT: option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: treasury bond
- INDEX: index
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 167 | SecurityType | STRING | Y | Asset class of the instrument.
Possible values:- CS: common stock
- CUR: currency
- FOR: Spot FX
- FUT: future
- MLEG: multi-leg
- NDF: Non-Deliverable Forwards
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
- OPT: option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: treasury bond
- INDEX: index
| | 460 | Product | INT | N | Product type associated with the security.
Note: Sent only in
Security
Definition (d)
and
Execution
Report (8)
messages.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 107 | SecurityDesc | STRING | N | Security description.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 454 | NoSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | Y | Number of alternate security IDs in this repeating group
| | 455 | SecurityAltID | STRING | Y |
Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display
purposes.
| | 456 | SecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | Identifies class or source of the SecurityAltID (455) value.
Notes:
99 (Other) is not valid for order routing requests.
At this time, TT does not support FIX order routing or FIX market data subscriptions using CUSIP numbers for BrokerTec Treasury securities on CME.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 91: Ticker Symbol
- 92: TT product family ID (sent only for Security Definition (d) messages)
- 93: TT product ID (sent only for Security Definition (d) messages)
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other (Set to instrument symbol if both product symbol and an instrument symbol are present in PDS and they are not the same.)
- 100: Energy Identifier Code (EIC). Currently only used for the EPEX and Nord Pool exchanges.
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16207 | BloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | C | Name of the market where the instrument of the SecurityAltID (455) value trades.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | CNot used when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
| Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
| | 200 | MaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | CRequired when Tag 541 is not specified and Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG or SPOT
| Month and year the instrument reaches maturity in the format YYYYMM.
Note: If included, tag 541 (MaturityDate) will override this tag.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 541 | MaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | CRequired when Tag 200 is not specified and Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG or SPOT
| Maturity date in format YYYYMMDD.
Note: This tag value overrides tag 200 (MaturityMonthYear) and tag 205 (MaturityDay), if they are also specified.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 205 | MaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | CRequired when multiple contracts exist for the same month
| Day of expiration for the instrument.
TT FIX uses this value and tag 200 (MaturityMonthYear) to specify the maturity date when tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG and tag 18211 (DeliveryTerm) is not Month.
Whenever possible, tag 200 will match the Month & Year shown in TT Market Explorer, not the tag 541/Maturity Date field. In those cases where the MonthYear does not match, the value in tag 205 will be the day from tag 541, not necessarily the day associated with tag 200 MonthYear.
Range: 1-31
Note: If included, tag 541 (MaturityDate) will override this tag.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 18223 | ContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term in the form, YYYYMM
Condition: Sent when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG
| | 18211 | DeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a monthly delivery term.
Note: When Tag 18211 DeliveryTerm equals any value except ‘M’, ‘Y’ or ‘Q’, then you must specify the delivery day/date in Tag 205 MaturityDay or Tag 541 MaturityDate.
Note: If you include this tag for instrument’s that do not require it, TT FIX rejects the request.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- U: Bundle
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
- Note: The following values are only available for EPEX and Nord Pool:
- a: Quarter hour
- b: Half hour
- c: One hour
- d: Two hour
- e: Four hour
- f: Eight hour
- g: One plus two
- h: Three plus four
- i: Baseload
- j: Peakload
- k: Overnight
- l: Extended peak
Note: If you include this tag for instrument’s that do not require it, TT FIX rejects the request.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 743 | DeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Date for contract delivery
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 201 | PutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 202 | StrikePrice | PRICE | CRequired when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT
| Strike price for an option
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 15 | Currency | CURRENCY | C | ISO-standard symbol for the instrument’s trading currency.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 206 | OptAttribute | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT.
- A version for the underlying instrument exists.
| Additional information about the option contract.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 762 | SecuritySubType | STRING | N | Sub-type qualification or identification of the SecurityType
For example, an instrument with SecurityType(167)=”MLEG” might use this tag to specify the name of the option or futures strategy, such as “Calendar”, “Vertical”, or “Butterfly”.
For synthetic staged orders, i.e., HandlInst (21)=3 and SecurityType(167)=”Synthetic”, the TT FIX engine checks whether the instrument already exists and automatically creates the synthetic spread if the instrument does not exist.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
Possible values:
- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
|
|
|
| 48 | SecurityID | STRING | Y | ID of the instrument.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 22 (IDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 48 | SecurityID | STRING | Y | ID of the instrument.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 22 (IDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 22 | IDSource | STRING | Y | Source for the value of tag 48 (SecurityID).
Note: The following markets support RIC codes (22=5) for identifying futures, spreads and options instruments in tag 48 (SecurityID):
- ASX
- DGCX
- CFE
- CME
- EEX
- EUREX
- Euronext
- Hkex
- ICE
- ICE_L
- LME
- MEFF
- MX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFX
- TOCOM
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 48 (SecurityID) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange symbol
- 91: Ticker symbol
- 96: TT security ID
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
- X: Series key
| | 22 | IDSource | STRING | Y | Source for the value of tag 48 (SecurityID).
Possible values:- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange symbol
- 91: Ticker symbol
- 96: TT security ID
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
- X: Series key
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent and when tag 22 (IDSource) is 8 (Exchange symbol), 97 (Alias) or 9 (Name).
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | C | Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent and when tag 22 (IDSource) is 8 (Exchange symbol), 97 (Alias) or 9 (Name).
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent
| Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CSent when available for FIX 4.2 sessions
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 461 | CFICode | STRING | N |
Type of security using ISO 10962 standard,
Classification of Financial Instruments (CFI code) values.
ISO 10962 is maintained by ANNA (Association of National Numbering
Agencies) acting as Registration Authority.
Note: For SPOT and CUR products, you must also
specify the corresponding tag 167 (SecurityType) value.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 167 | SecurityType | STRING | Y | Asset class of the instrument.
Possible values:- CS: common stock
- CUR: currency
- FOR: Spot FX
- FUT: future
- MLEG: multi-leg
- NDF: Non-Deliverable Forwards
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
- OPT: option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: treasury bond
- INDEX: index
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 167 | SecurityType | STRING | Y | Asset class of the instrument.
Possible values:- CS: common stock
- CUR: currency
- FOR: Spot FX
- FUT: future
- MLEG: multi-leg
- NDF: Non-Deliverable Forwards
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
- OPT: option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: treasury bond
- INDEX: index
| | 460 | Product | INT | N | Product type associated with the security.
Note: Sent only in
Security
Definition (d)
and
Execution
Report (8)
messages.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 107 | SecurityDesc | STRING | N | Security description.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 454 | NoSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | Y | Number of alternate security IDs in this repeating group
| | 455 | SecurityAltID | STRING | Y |
Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display
purposes.
| | 456 | SecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | Identifies class or source of the SecurityAltID (455) value.
Notes:
99 (Other) is not valid for order routing requests.
At this time, TT does not support FIX order routing or FIX market data subscriptions using CUSIP numbers for BrokerTec Treasury securities on CME.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 91: Ticker Symbol
- 92: TT product family ID (sent only for Security Definition (d) messages)
- 93: TT product ID (sent only for Security Definition (d) messages)
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other (Set to instrument symbol if both product symbol and an instrument symbol are present in PDS and they are not the same.)
- 100: Energy Identifier Code (EIC). Currently only used for the EPEX and Nord Pool exchanges.
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16207 | BloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | C | Name of the market where the instrument of the SecurityAltID (455) value trades.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | CNot used when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
| Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
| | 200 | MaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | CRequired when Tag 541 is not specified and Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG or SPOT
| Month and year the instrument reaches maturity in the format YYYYMM.
Note: If included, tag 541 (MaturityDate) will override this tag.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 541 | MaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | CRequired when Tag 200 is not specified and Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG or SPOT
| Maturity date in format YYYYMMDD.
Note: This tag value overrides tag 200 (MaturityMonthYear) and tag 205 (MaturityDay), if they are also specified.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 205 | MaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | CRequired when multiple contracts exist for the same month
| Day of expiration for the instrument.
TT FIX uses this value and tag 200 (MaturityMonthYear) to specify the maturity date when tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG and tag 18211 (DeliveryTerm) is not Month.
Whenever possible, tag 200 will match the Month & Year shown in TT Market Explorer, not the tag 541/Maturity Date field. In those cases where the MonthYear does not match, the value in tag 205 will be the day from tag 541, not necessarily the day associated with tag 200 MonthYear.
Range: 1-31
Note: If included, tag 541 (MaturityDate) will override this tag.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 18223 | ContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term in the form, YYYYMM
Condition: Sent when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG
| | 18211 | DeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a monthly delivery term.
Note: When Tag 18211 DeliveryTerm equals any value except ‘M’, ‘Y’ or ‘Q’, then you must specify the delivery day/date in Tag 205 MaturityDay or Tag 541 MaturityDate.
Note: If you include this tag for instrument’s that do not require it, TT FIX rejects the request.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- U: Bundle
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
- Note: The following values are only available for EPEX and Nord Pool:
- a: Quarter hour
- b: Half hour
- c: One hour
- d: Two hour
- e: Four hour
- f: Eight hour
- g: One plus two
- h: Three plus four
- i: Baseload
- j: Peakload
- k: Overnight
- l: Extended peak
Note: If you include this tag for instrument’s that do not require it, TT FIX rejects the request.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 743 | DeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Date for contract delivery
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 201 | PutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 202 | StrikePrice | PRICE | CRequired when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT
| Strike price for an option
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 15 | Currency | CURRENCY | C | ISO-standard symbol for the instrument’s trading currency.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 206 | OptAttribute | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT.
- A version for the underlying instrument exists.
| Additional information about the option contract.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 762 | SecuritySubType | STRING | N | Sub-type qualification or identification of the SecurityType
For example, an instrument with SecurityType(167)=”MLEG” might use this tag to specify the name of the option or futures strategy, such as “Calendar”, “Vertical”, or “Butterfly”.
For synthetic staged orders, i.e., HandlInst (21)=3 and SecurityType(167)=”Synthetic”, the TT FIX engine checks whether the instrument already exists and automatically creates the synthetic spread if the instrument does not exist.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
Possible values:
- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
|
|
|
| 48 | SecurityID | STRING | Y | ID of the instrument.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 22 (IDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 48 | SecurityID | STRING | Y | ID of the instrument.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 22 (IDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 22 | IDSource | STRING | Y | Source for the value of tag 48 (SecurityID).
Note: The following markets support RIC codes (22=5) for identifying futures, spreads and options instruments in tag 48 (SecurityID):
- ASX
- DGCX
- CFE
- CME
- EEX
- EUREX
- Euronext
- Hkex
- ICE
- ICE_L
- LME
- MEFF
- MX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFX
- TOCOM
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 48 (SecurityID) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange symbol
- 91: Ticker symbol
- 96: TT security ID
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
- X: Series key
| | 22 | IDSource | STRING | Y | Source for the value of tag 48 (SecurityID).
Possible values:- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange symbol
- 91: Ticker symbol
- 96: TT security ID
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
- X: Series key
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent and when tag 22 (IDSource) is 8 (Exchange symbol), 97 (Alias) or 9 (Name).
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 100 (ExtDestination) is absent
| Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 207 | SecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | C | Name of the market where the instrument trades.
TT FIX uses this value to identify the exchange that offers the
security.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- Cboe
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent and when tag 22 (IDSource) is 8 (Exchange symbol), 97 (Alias) or 9 (Name).
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) is absent
| Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 100 | ExDestination | EXCHANGE | CSent when available for FIX 4.2 sessions
| Market Identifier Code (MIC) of the sub-market where the instrument trades.
Execution destination for the order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 461 | CFICode | STRING | N |
Type of security using ISO 10962 standard,
Classification of Financial Instruments (CFI code) values.
ISO 10962 is maintained by ANNA (Association of National Numbering
Agencies) acting as Registration Authority.
Note: For SPOT and CUR products, you must also
specify the corresponding tag 167 (SecurityType) value.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 167 | SecurityType | STRING | Y | Asset class of the instrument.
Possible values:- CS: common stock
- CUR: currency
- FOR: Spot FX
- FUT: future
- MLEG: multi-leg
- NDF: Non-Deliverable Forwards
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
- OPT: option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: treasury bond
- INDEX: index
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 167 | SecurityType | STRING | Y | Asset class of the instrument.
Possible values:- CS: common stock
- CUR: currency
- FOR: Spot FX
- FUT: future
- MLEG: multi-leg
- NDF: Non-Deliverable Forwards
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
- OPT: option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: treasury bond
- INDEX: index
| | 460 | Product | INT | N | Product type associated with the security.
Note: Sent only in
Security
Definition (d)
and
Execution
Report (8)
messages.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 107 | SecurityDesc | STRING | N | Security description.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 454 | NoSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | Y | Number of alternate security IDs in this repeating group
| | 455 | SecurityAltID | STRING | Y |
Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display
purposes.
| | 456 | SecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | Identifies class or source of the SecurityAltID (455) value.
Notes:
99 (Other) is not valid for order routing requests.
At this time, TT does not support FIX order routing or FIX market data subscriptions using CUSIP numbers for BrokerTec Treasury securities on CME.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 91: Ticker Symbol
- 92: TT product family ID (sent only for Security Definition (d) messages)
- 93: TT product ID (sent only for Security Definition (d) messages)
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other (Set to instrument symbol if both product symbol and an instrument symbol are present in PDS and they are not the same.)
- 100: Energy Identifier Code (EIC). Currently only used for the EPEX and Nord Pool exchanges.
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House (Inbound Drop Copy only)
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16207 | BloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | C | Name of the market where the instrument of the SecurityAltID (455) value trades.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | CNot used when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
| Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
When specifying instruments for NewOrderMultileg (AB) and MultilegOrderCancelReplace (AC):
- When submitting multi-leg instrument, set tag 55 to “[NA]”.
- When tag 54 (Side) is B or C, the value in tag 55 is ignored; the values in tag 600 (LegSymbol) and tag 624 (LegSide) in the LegInstrument group are used instead.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 55 | Symbol | STRING | Y | Exchange-provided product symbol for the tradable product.
| | 200 | MaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | CRequired when Tag 541 is not specified and Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG or SPOT
| Month and year the instrument reaches maturity in the format YYYYMM.
Note: If included, tag 541 (MaturityDate) will override this tag.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 541 | MaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | CRequired when Tag 200 is not specified and Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG or SPOT
| Maturity date in format YYYYMMDD.
Note: This tag value overrides tag 200 (MaturityMonthYear) and tag 205 (MaturityDay), if they are also specified.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 205 | MaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | CRequired when multiple contracts exist for the same month
| Day of expiration for the instrument.
TT FIX uses this value and tag 200 (MaturityMonthYear) to specify the maturity date when tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG and tag 18211 (DeliveryTerm) is not Month.
Whenever possible, tag 200 will match the Month & Year shown in TT Market Explorer, not the tag 541/Maturity Date field. In those cases where the MonthYear does not match, the value in tag 205 will be the day from tag 541, not necessarily the day associated with tag 200 MonthYear.
Range: 1-31
Note: If included, tag 541 (MaturityDate) will override this tag.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 18223 | ContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term in the form, YYYYMM
Condition: Sent when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is not MLEG
| | 18211 | DeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a monthly delivery term.
Note: When Tag 18211 DeliveryTerm equals any value except ‘M’, ‘Y’ or ‘Q’, then you must specify the delivery day/date in Tag 205 MaturityDay or Tag 541 MaturityDate.
Note: If you include this tag for instrument’s that do not require it, TT FIX rejects the request.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- U: Bundle
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
- Note: The following values are only available for EPEX and Nord Pool:
- a: Quarter hour
- b: Half hour
- c: One hour
- d: Two hour
- e: Four hour
- f: Eight hour
- g: One plus two
- h: Three plus four
- i: Baseload
- j: Peakload
- k: Overnight
- l: Extended peak
Note: If you include this tag for instrument’s that do not require it, TT FIX rejects the request.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 743 | DeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Date for contract delivery
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 201 | PutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 202 | StrikePrice | PRICE | CRequired when Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT
| Strike price for an option
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 15 | Currency | CURRENCY | C | ISO-standard symbol for the instrument’s trading currency.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 206 | OptAttribute | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- Tag 167 (SecurityType) is OPT.
- A version for the underlying instrument exists.
| Additional information about the option contract.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 762 | SecuritySubType | STRING | N | Sub-type qualification or identification of the SecurityType
For example, an instrument with SecurityType(167)=”MLEG” might use this tag to specify the name of the option or futures strategy, such as “Calendar”, “Vertical”, or “Butterfly”.
For synthetic staged orders, i.e., HandlInst (21)=3 and SecurityType(167)=”Synthetic”, the TT FIX engine checks whether the instrument already exists and automatically creates the synthetic spread if the instrument does not exist.
Note: This tag can be included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 1194 | ExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Conditional: This value only sent if supported by the exchange.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 555 | NoLegs | STRING | Y | Number of legs in the repeating group
Can be zero (e.g. standardized multileg instrument such as an Option
strategy). The value must be provided even if zero.
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 616 | LegSecurityExchange | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
| Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityExchange.
Possible values:- AGGREGATOR
- ALGO
- ASE
- ASX
- B3
- BitMEX
- BrokerTec
- CBOE
- CboeFX_SW_NY
- CBOT
- CFE
- CME
- Coinbase
- CoinFLEX
- CurveGlobal
- CZCE
- DCE
- DGCX
- EEX
- Eurex
- Euronext
- Fenics
- FEX
- HKEX
- ICE
- ICE_L
- IDEM
- INE
- KCG
- KRK
- LME
- LSE
- MEFF
- MEXDER
- MX
- NDAQ_EU
- NFI
- NFX
- OSE
- SGX
- TFEX
- TFX
- TOCOM
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 18100 | LegExDestination | EXCHANGE | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) and Tag 602 (LegSecurityId) are absent.
|
Execution destination for the leg order as defined by the institution
Some traders use this tag in place of Tag 207 (SecurityExchange) to
identify the exchange.
ISO 10383 defines a comprehensive list of MIC codes.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 602 | LegSecurityID | STRING | CRequired when both of the following are true.
- The leg instrument trades on a different exchange that the parent instrument.
- Both Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| TT security ID that uniquely identifies the instrument in the TT platform.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 603
(LegSecurityIDSource) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 603 | LegIDSource | STRING | CRequired when Tag 18100 (LegExtDestination) and Tag 616 (LegSecurityExchange) are absent.
| Multileg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityIDSource.
Note: The combination of this tag and tag 602
(LegSecurityId) must uniquely identify an instrument in the TT
platform.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 600 | LegSymbol | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s Symbol.
Condition: Required when Tag 167 (SecurityType)=MLEG.
See Symbol (55) field for description.
Note: Users can map the value of Tag 600 to a different symbology using the Symbol Mapping feature in User Setup. Refer to the Fix Rules and Symbol Mappings section in the User Setup Help for more information.
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 608 | LegCFICode | STRING | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s CFICode (tag 461).
See CFICode (461) field for description
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 620 | LegSecurityDesc | STRING | N | Leg security description.
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 607 | LegProduct | INT | N | Multileg instrument’s individual security’s product.
Possible values:- 1: Agency
- 2: Commodity
- 3: Corporate
- 4: Currency
- 5: Equity
- 6: Government
- 7: Index
- 8: Loan
- 9: Money market
- 10: Mortgage
- 11: Municipal
- 12: Other
- 13: Financing
- 14: Energy
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 609 | LegSecurityType | STRING | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s SecurityType.
Possible values:- FUT: Future
- MLEG: Multi-leg
- OPT: Option
- SPOT: EEX spot products
- TBOND: Treasury bond
- CS: Common stock
- NONE: No security type (Not valid for 35=c, e or V)
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 764 | LegSecuritySubType | STRING | N | SecuritySubType of the leg instrument.
See SecuritySubType (762) field for description
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 610 | LegMaturityMonthYear | MONTHYEAR | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityMonthYear
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 611 | LegMaturityDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDate.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 18314 | LegMaturityDay | DAYOFMONTH | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s MaturityDay.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 612 | LegStrikePrice | PRICE | N | Multi-leg instrument’s individual security’s StrikePrice.
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 1358 | LegPutOrCall | INT | CRequired when Tag 609 (LegSecurityType) is OPT
| Whether the option represents a put or call
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 624 | LegSide | CHAR | N | The side of this individual leg (multi-leg security).
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 623 | LegRatioQty | FLOAT | N |
Ratio of quantity for this individual leg relative to the entire
multi-leg security
The value represents one of the following:
-
For a leg of a covered strategy (such as a volatility trade) on CME
or NYSE_Liffe markets, the value represents the delta (expressed as
an integer between 1 and 100).
-
In all other cases, the value represents the quantity of this leg in
the strategy.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 1420 | LegExerciseStyle | INT | N | Type of exercise for a derivatives security.
Possible values:- 0: European style: may be exercised only on the expiration date.
- 1: American style: may be exercised on any business day until the expiration date.
- 2: Bermuda style: Not available.
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 556 | LegCurrency | CURRENCY | N | Currency associated with a particular leg’s price
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 561 | RoundLot | QTY | N | The trading lot size of a security.
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 566 | LegPrice | PRICE | N | Price of the leg for a multi-leg instrument
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 687 | LegQty | QTY | N | Quantity of this leg.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 654 | LegRefID | STRING | N | Unique indicator for a specific leg.
Note: Sent only for FIX 4.4 sessions when the tag is
included the corresponding
New Order
Multileg (AB)
request. FIX 4.4 Drop Copy sessions will not send this tag for orders
placed from the TT Trade application.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 637 | LegLastPx | PRICE | N | Execution price assigned to a leg of a multileg instrument.
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18224 | LegContractYearMonth | STRING | N | Contract term of the underlying instrument in the form, YYYYMMM
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
Possible values:
- A: Same day
- B: Balance of month
- C: End of Month
- D: Day
- E: Weekly
- H: Hour
- L: Balance of week
- M: Month
- N: Next day
- P: Pack
- Q: Quarterly
- S: Seasonal
- T: Weekend
- V: Variable
- W: Week
- X: Custom
- Y: Year
| | 18212 | LegDeliveryTerm | CHAR | CRequired when both of the following are true:
- The Security Definition indicates it is required.
- The delivery term is not monthly.
| Term of delivery for the underlying instrument.
TT FIX uses this value to identify contracts that do not have a
monthly delivery term.
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 18213 | LegDeliveryDate | LOCALMKTDATE | C | Date for contract delivery
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 1366 | LegAllocID | STRING | CSent when provided by the exchange.
|
Identifier assigned to a leg of a multi-leg trade for ASX clearing
purposes (clearing deal number).
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16568 | LegAvgPx | PRICE | C | The average (mean) price for the legs of a spread.
This value will be populated on Summary Spread Fill Execution Reports.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 16615 | LegTTRoutingAccount | STRING | N | TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
Note: TT Routing Account for the leg. Valid for routing synthetic spread orders only.
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 604 | NoLegSecurityAltID | NUMINGROUP | CSent when there are one or more alternate leg security IDs
| Number of alternate leg security IDs contained in this repeating group
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 605 | LegSecurityAltID | STRING | Y | Alternate ID for an instrument or security, typically for display purposes.
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 606 | LegSecurityAltIDSource | STRING | Y | New tag for TT
Class or source of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value.
Possible values:- 1: CUSIP number (sent only when provided by the exchange)
- 4: ISIN number
- 5: RIC code
- 8: Exchange security ID
- 94: Alt Symbol (For ICE, the value is the “Cleared Alias” for the contract.)
- 95: Clearport
- 97: Alias
- 98: Name
- 99: Other
- 91: Exchange Ticker
- A: Bloomberg Code
- H: Clearing House
- S: OpenFIGI ID
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
| | 16616 | LegBloombergSecurityExchange | STRING | N | Name of the market where the instrument of the LegSecurityAltID (605) value trades.
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16120 | LegNoFills | NUMINGROUP | CSent for each leg when a multileg order is filled through multiple price levels in a single match transaction, i.e. “sweeping the market”. Can be sent when LegNoFills = 1 for some markets, such as Eurex/EEX.
| Number of partial leg fills included in an Execution Report
Note: Only sent if the FIX client is connected to a TT FIX 4.4 session.
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16121 | LegFillExecID | STRING | C | Unique identifier of leg execution as assigned by sell-side (broker, exchange, ECN). The ID must not overlap tag 17 (ExecID).
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16122 | LegFillPx | PRICE | C | Price of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16123 | LegFillQty | QTY | C | Quantity of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16124 | LegFillTradingVenueRegulatoryTradeID | STRING | CSent if available when tag 16120 > 0
| Trading Venue transaction identification code of this leg fill
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
| | 16125 | LegFillLastLiquidityIndicator | INT | N | Whether this leg fill was a result of a liquidity provider providing or a liquidity taker taking the liquidity in this LegFillsGrp repeating group.
Possible values:- 1: Added liquidity
- 2: Removed liquidity
|
|
|
|
| 18 | ExecInst | MULTIPLESTRINGVALUE | C | Order execution instructions
Note: If you submit multiple values that include an unsupported value, TT FIX will choose the appropriate supported value.
To submit a new order in a “suspended” status, set this tag value to S.
To submit a normal order with cancel on disconnect, send “18=o 2”; the successful Execution Report (8) will return with 18=2.
To submit an order on hold with cancel on disconnect, send “18=o S”. the successful Execution Report (8) will return with 18=S.
Note: The cancel on disconnect option is only supported in combination with ‘2’ or ‘S’ and must be the 1st option in the list
Possible values:- 2: Work (default)
- 6: Participate don’t initiate
- G: All or none
- S: Suspend
- o: Cancel on connection loss (valid only for New Order Single (D) and New Order Multileg (AB) messages)
- q: Release from suspension
- X: Test request
|
| 44 | Price | PRICE | CRequired when Tag 40 (OrdType) is:
| Limit price for limit orders
|
| 99 | StopPx | PRICE | CRequired when Tag 40 (OrdType) is:
- 3: Stop
- 4: Stop Limit
- K: Market With Leftover as Limit
| Trigger price for a stop order.
|
| 38 | OrderQty | QTY | Y | Total order quantity
|
| 110 | MinQty | QTY | CRequired for Minimum Volume (MV) orders
| Minimum quantity for a Minimum Volume (MV) order
|
| 1138 | DisplayQty | QTY | CRequired for disclosed quantity (Iceberg) orders
| Quantity to disclose for a disclosed quantity (Iceberg) order
|
| 54 | Side | CHAR | Y | Side of the order
Possible values:- 1: Buy
- 2: Sell
- 3: Buy minus
- 4: Sell plus
- 5: Sell short
- 6: Sell short exempt
- 7: Undisclosed
- 8: Cross
- 9: Cross short
- B: As Defined (FIX 4.4 only)
- C: Opposite (FIX 4.4 only)
|
| 40 | OrdType | CHAR | Y | Order type
Possible values include:
- 1: Market
- 2: Limit
- 3: Stop
- 4: Stop Limit
- 5: Market On Close (MOC)
- B: Limit On Close (LOC)
- J: Market If Touched (MIT)
- K: Market with Leftover as Limit
- Q: Market Limit Market (MLM) with Leftover as Limit
- S: Stop Market to Limit
- T: Market to Limit (without Limit Price) If-Touched
- U: Market to Limit If Touched (MLM-IT)
- V: Market Close Today (reserved for future use)
- W: Limit Close Today (reserved for future use)
- p: Limit (post-only)
|
| 77 | OpenClose | CHAR | N | Whether the resulting position after a trade should be an opening position or closing position
Possible values:- O: Open (default, if unspecified)
- C: Close
- F: FIFO – first in, first out (currently supported only for specific exchanges including INE,CZCE,DCE,SHFE,CHFFE.)
|
| 59 | TimeInForce | CHAR | N | How long an order remains active
Note: CME supports Immediate or Cancel (IOC) and Fill Or Kill (FOK) using the same Time in Force value (Tag 59=3). If a TT FIX client submits a CME IOC (Tag 59=3) with a MinQty (Tag 110), the order will be treated by CME as a FOK. To send an IOC, the FIX client should omit tag 110 from TT FIX New Order message.
Note: Although the TT FIX schema includes the new ‘At the Close’ TIFs for OSE (59=S, 59=T, and 59=U), at this time these values can not be used through FIX Order Routing or Drop Copy services. However, these values will be fully integrated in a future release. Please monitor the TT Release Notes for announcements as to availability of these TIFs.
Possible values:- 0: Day (default, if not specified)
- 1: Good Till Cancel (GTC)
- 2: At The Opening (OPG)
- 3: Immediate or Cancel (IOC)
- 4: Fill Or Kill (FOK)
- 5: Good Till Crossing
- 6: Good Till Date
- 7: At the Close
- 8: Good through Crossing
- 9: At Crossing
- A: Auction
- S: Morning At the Close
- T: Afternoon At the Close
- U: Night At the Close
- V: Good in Session
- W: Day Plus
- X: Good Till Cancel Plus
- Y: Good Till Date Plus
|
| 432 | ExpireDate | LOCALMKTDATE | CRequired when Tag 59 (TimeInForce) = 6 (Good Till Date)
| Date a Good Till Date order expires
|
| 1028 | ManualOrderIndicator | BOOLEAN | N | Whether the order is sent manually or through automated trading logic
Default value is N if the tag is omitted.
|
| 1 | Account | STRING | C | Order-routing account
Note: Account names are stored as case-sensitive strings. Users must match case-sensitivity when using Tag 1 (Account).
| | 582 | CustOrderCapacity | INT | CSend when required by the Exchange
| Capacity of customer placing the order
Primarily used by futures exchanges to indicate the CTICode (customer
type indicator) as required by the US CFTC (Commodity Futures Trading
Commission).
Possible values:- 1: Member trading for own account
- 2: Clearing Firm trading for its proprietary account
- 3: Member trading for another member
- 4: All other
| | 10553 | TTID | STRING | C | TT login email address
| | 18220 | BrokerID | STRING | C | TT-defined short code for the broker
| | 18221 | CompanyID | STRING | C | TT-defined name of the firm that sends messages to the exchange.
| | 18101 | AccountID | STRING | C |
TT-defined ID of the TT account referenced in tag
1 (Account).
| | 18102 | UserID | STRING | C | |
|
| 16857 | TTSMPID | STRING | N | User-defined, alphanumeric identifier used to tag orders so the TT system can match potential crossed trades.
Note: TT Self-Match Prevention by ID (TT SMP) is currently available on
a limited basis. For access to TT SMP, contact your TT representative. Exchange-based SMP continues to use FIX Tag 7928 (SelfMatchPreventionID) and FIX Tag 8000 (SMPInstruction).
For more info on TT Self-Match Prevention, refer to https://library.tradingtechnologies.com/user-setup/ocp-tt-self-match-prevention-by-id.html
in the Setup help.
|
| 16858 | TTSMPInstruction | INT | N | Sets the TT SMP behavior and determines which order is canceled (resting or aggressing) if self-match prevention occurs.
Note: TT Self-Match Prevention by ID (TT SMP) is currently available on a limited basis. For access to TT SMP, contact your TT representative. Exchange-based SMP continues to use FIX Tag 7928 (SelfMatchPreventionID) and FIX Tag 8000 (SMPInstruction).
For more info on TT Self-Match Prevention, refer to https://library.tradingtechnologies.com/user-setup/ocp-tt-self-match-prevention-by-id.html in the Setup help.
Possible values:- 1: Reject New
- 3: Cancel Resting
- 4: Position Transfer
- 6: Position Transfer Best Bid/Offer
- 10: Position Transfer Allow Split
- 11: Position Transfer Allow Split Best Bid/Offer
|
| 16999 | ClearingAccountOverride | STRING | N | Overrides the clearing account defined in the Setup application for the user’s account named in Tag 1.
|
| 16556 | TextA | STRING | N | Value corresponding to the Text A field in TT widgets
|
| 16557 | TextB | STRING | N | Value corresponding to the Text B field in TT widgets
|
| 16558 | TextTT | STRING | N | Value corresponding to the Text TT field in TT widgets
|
| 16559 | TextC | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field not sent to exchange.
|
| 16626 | NVDR | BOOLEAN | N | Related to TFEX Non-Voting Depository Receipt (NVDR) trading.
Note: TFEX does not provide documentation to ISVs regarding usage of the NVDR (Tag 16626) and TTF (Tag 16627) fields. For information about how to use these fields, please contact the exchange.
|
| 16627 | TTF | BOOLEAN | N | Related to TFEX Thai Trust Fund (TTF) trading.
Note: TFEX does not provide documentation to ISVs regarding usage of the NVDR (Tag 16626) and TTF (Tag 16627) fields. For information about how to use these fields, please contact
the exchange.
|
| 16628 | TFUserType | CHAR | N | Sets the type of user that entered the order.
Note: For information on the TFEX user types, please refer to the exchange’s documentation.
Possible values:- T: Traditional trading
- P: Program trading
- M: Market Making
- G: Market making with Program trading
|
| 16903 | ChildTIF | CHAR | Y | Time-in-Force for the algo child orders
Note: CME supports Immediate or Cancel (IOC) and Fill Or Kill (FOK) using the same Time in Force value (Tag 59=3). If a TT FIX client submits a CME IOC (Tag 59=3) with a MinQty (Tag 110), the order will be treated by CME as a FOK. To send an IOC, the FIX client should omit tag 110 from TT FIX New Order message.
Note: Although the TT FIX schema includes the new ‘At the Close’ TIFs for OSE (59=S, 59=T, and 59=U), at this time these values can not be used through FIX Order Routing or Drop Copy services. However, these values will be fully integrated in a future release. Please monitor the TT Release Notes for announcements as to availability of these TIFs.
Note: The “Plus” enums indicate that the TIF is available for the after hours (ATH) T + 1 session.
Possible values:- 0: Day (default, if not specified)
- 1: Good Till Cancel (GTC)
- 2: At The Opening (OPG)
- 3: Immediate or Cancel (IOC)
- 4: Fill Or Kill (FOK)
- 5: Good Till Crossing
- 6: Good Till Date
- 7: At the Close
- 8: Good through Crossing
- 9: At Crossing
- A: Auction
- S: Morning At the Close
- T: Afternoon At the Close
- U: Night At the Close
- V: Good in Session
- W: Day Plus
- X: Good Till Cancel Plus
- Y: Good Till Date Plus
|
| 957 | NoStrategyParameters | NUMINGROUP | N | Repeating group of parameters for the algo or the free-form text fields to attach to the order
| | 958 | StrategyParameterName | STRING | CRequired when tag 957 > 0
| Name of the algo parameter or free-form text field
For a list and descriptions of the parameter names TT uses to support TT Order Types, Autospreader and Aggregator orders, and Free-Form Text fields, refer to the Component: StrategyParametersGrp section of the TT FIX help.
For custom or third-party algos, the name must match the name specified by the algo.
Note: In addition to names listed, TT uses the following reserved field names. These values must not be used when populating FIX Tag 958 (StrategyParameterName). TT strongly recommends clients use the individual tags as defined in the TT XML schema and shown below:
| | 959 | StrategyParameterType | INT | CRequired when tag 957 > 0
| Type of data contained in tag 960 (StrategyParameterValue)
Possible values:- 1: Int
- 6: Float
- 7: Qty
- 8: Price
- 13: Boolean
- 14: String
- 19: UTCTimestamp
| | 960 | StrategyParameterValue | STRING | CRequired when tag 957 > 0
| Value of the parameter or additional order information
|
|
| 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT Premium order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
Currently, TT supports only 1 (TT Order type).
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
| | 16901 | BracketOrderType | INT | C | Order type for the parent order
Possible values:- 0: Limit
- 1: Stop Limit
- 2: Stop Market
| | 16901 | BracketOrderType | INT | C | Order type for the parent order
Possible values:- 0: Limit
- 1: Stop Limit
- 2: Stop Market
| | 16902 | BracketStopLimitOffset | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Bracket.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16902 | BracketStopLimitOffset | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Bracket.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16903 | ChildTIF | CHAR | Y | Time-in-Force for the algo child orders
Note: CME supports Immediate or Cancel (IOC) and Fill Or Kill (FOK) using the same Time in Force value (Tag 59=3). If a TT FIX client submits a CME IOC (Tag 59=3) with a MinQty (Tag 110), the order will be treated by CME as a FOK. To send an IOC, the FIX client should omit tag 110 from TT FIX New Order message.
Note: Although the TT FIX schema includes the new ‘At the Close’ TIFs for OSE (59=S, 59=T, and 59=U), at this time these values can not be used through FIX Order Routing or Drop Copy services. However, these values will be fully integrated in a future release. Please monitor the TT Release Notes for announcements as to availability of these TIFs.
Note: The “Plus” enums indicate that the TIF is available for the after hours (ATH) T + 1 session.
Possible values:- 0: Day (default, if not specified)
- 1: Good Till Cancel (GTC)
- 2: At The Opening (OPG)
- 3: Immediate or Cancel (IOC)
- 4: Fill Or Kill (FOK)
- 5: Good Till Crossing
- 6: Good Till Date
- 7: At the Close
- 8: Good through Crossing
- 9: At Crossing
- A: Auction
- S: Morning At the Close
- T: Afternoon At the Close
- U: Night At the Close
- V: Good in Session
- W: Day Plus
- X: Good Till Cancel Plus
- Y: Good Till Date Plus
| | 16903 | ChildTIF | CHAR | Y | Time-in-Force for the algo child orders
Note: CME supports Immediate or Cancel (IOC) and Fill Or Kill (FOK) using the same Time in Force value (Tag 59=3). If a TT FIX client submits a CME IOC (Tag 59=3) with a MinQty (Tag 110), the order will be treated by CME as a FOK. To send an IOC, the FIX client should omit tag 110 from TT FIX New Order message.
Note: Although the TT FIX schema includes the new ‘At the Close’ TIFs for OSE (59=S, 59=T, and 59=U), at this time these values can not be used through FIX Order Routing or Drop Copy services. However, these values will be fully integrated in a future release. Please monitor the TT Release Notes for announcements as to availability of these TIFs.
Note: The “Plus” enums indicate that the TIF is available for the after hours (ATH) T + 1 session.
Possible values:- 0: Day (default, if not specified)
- 1: Good Till Cancel (GTC)
- 2: At The Opening (OPG)
- 3: Immediate or Cancel (IOC)
- 4: Fill Or Kill (FOK)
- 5: Good Till Crossing
- 6: Good Till Date
- 7: At the Close
- 8: Good through Crossing
- 9: At Crossing
- A: Auction
- S: Morning At the Close
- T: Afternoon At the Close
- U: Night At the Close
- V: Good in Session
- W: Day Plus
- X: Good Till Cancel Plus
- Y: Good Till Date Plus
| | 16904 | DiscVal | INT | C | Amount of the total order quantity to disclose (1 to maxint)
| | 16904 | DiscVal | INT | C | Amount of the total order quantity to disclose (1 to maxint)
| | 16905 | DiscValType | INT | C | What the DiscVal represents
Possible values:- 1: Absolute quantity
- 2: Percentage of the total order quantity
| | 16905 | DiscValType | INT | C | What the DiscVal represents
Possible values:- 1: Absolute quantity
- 2: Percentage of the total order quantity
| | 16906 | ETimeAct | INT | N | Action to take for any unfilled balance when the End time is reached. Currently, the only supported
value is 1 (Cancel).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 16906 | ETimeAct | INT | N | Action to take for any unfilled balance when the End time is reached. Currently, the only supported
value is 1 (Cancel).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 16907 | Interval | INT | C | Length of the slice, in milliseconds
| | 16907 | Interval | INT | C | Length of the slice, in milliseconds
| | 16908 | IsTrlTrg | STRING | N | Indicates whether the trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is:
TT_Timed,
TT_Trailing_Limit
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16908 | IsTrlTrg | STRING | N | Indicates whether the trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is:
TT_Timed,
TT_Trailing_Limit
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16909 | LeftoverAction | INT | C | How to handle any existing unfilled order quantities when it is time to send the next portion.
| | 16909 | LeftoverAction | INT | C | How to handle any existing unfilled order quantities when it is time to send the next portion.
| | 16910 | LeftoverTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks to add or subtract from your Bid or Offer to determine the price of the limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Time_Sliced
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16910 | LeftoverTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks to add or subtract from your Bid or Offer to determine the price of the limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Time_Sliced
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16911 | LimitPriceType | INT | C | Type of price for the ticks away offset.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 4: Trigger
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16911 | LimitPriceType | INT | C | Type of price for the ticks away offset.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 4: Trigger
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16912 | LimitTicksAway | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the specified limit price to submit the order (-999 to 999)
| | 16912 | LimitTicksAway | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the specified limit price to submit the order (-999 to 999)
| | 16913 | OcoStopTriggerPrice | PRICE | N | Price at which to trigger the Stop Market or Stop Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_OCO.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16913 | OcoStopTriggerPrice | PRICE | N | Price at which to trigger the Stop Market or Stop Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_OCO.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16914 | ProfitTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the profit order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16914 | ProfitTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the profit order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16915 | StopLimitOffset | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order when the OCO Stop Limit order is triggered.
| | 16915 | StopLimitOffset | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order when the OCO Stop Limit order is triggered.
| | 16916 | StopOrderType | INT | C | Order type of the stop-loss order.
Possible values:- 1: Limit
- 2: Market
- 3: TT Stop
| | 16916 | StopOrderType | INT | C | Order type of the stop-loss order.
Possible values:- 1: Limit
- 2: Market
- 3: TT Stop
| | 16917 | StopTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the stop loss order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16917 | StopTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the stop loss order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16918 | TriggerPriceType | INT | C | Type of order trigger.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same Side
- 7: Opposite Side
| | 16918 | TriggerPriceType | INT | C | Type of order trigger.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same Side
- 7: Opposite Side
| | 16919 | TriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child order
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16919 | TriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child order
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16920 | TriggerType | INT | N | Price at which to trigger the order.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16920 | TriggerType | INT | N | Price at which to trigger the order.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16921 | WithATickType | INT | C | Whether the WAT threshold represents a specific quantity or a percentage of the order quantity.
| | 16921 | WithATickType | INT | C | Whether the WAT threshold represents a specific quantity or a percentage of the order quantity.
| | 16922 | WithATick | INT | N | WAT threshold quantity.
Required when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_With_A_Tick.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16922 | WithATick | INT | N | WAT threshold quantity.
Required when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_With_A_Tick.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16923 | TriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger.
| | 16923 | TriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger.
| | 16924 | TriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities.
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16924 | TriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities.
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16925 | TriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16925 | TriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16926 | TriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
| | 16926 | TriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
| | 16927 | TTStopLimitPriceType | INT | N | Type of price to use to the TT Stop child order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16927 | TTStopLimitPriceType | INT | N | Type of price to use to the TT Stop child order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16928 | TTStopWithATickType | INT | N | Type of quantity to use for the With A Tick type specified in tag 16929 (TTStopWithATick).
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16928 | TTStopWithATickType | INT | N | Type of quantity to use for the With A Tick type specified in tag 16929 (TTStopWithATick).
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16929 | TTStopWithATick | INT | N | Threshold for the With A Tick behavior that reprices the order one tick toward the market when
available quantity at the opposite inside market is at or below the specified quantity threshold
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16929 | TTStopWithATick | INT | N | Threshold for the With A Tick behavior that reprices the order one tick toward the market when
available quantity at the opposite inside market is at or below the specified quantity threshold
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16930 | Payup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order
| | 16930 | Payup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order
| | 16931 | TTStopTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16931 | TTStopTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16932 | TTStopIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Whether the TT Stop order trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16932 | TTStopIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Whether the TT Stop order trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16933 | TTStopTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child orders of the TT Stop order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16933 | TTStopTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child orders of the TT Stop order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16934 | TTStopTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16934 | TTStopTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16935 | TTStopTriggerQTyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing TT Stop order trigger quantities.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16935 | TTStopTriggerQTyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing TT Stop order trigger quantities.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16936 | TTStopTriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16936 | TTStopTriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16937 | TTStopTriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16937 | TTStopTriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16938 | TTStopTriggeredOrderType | INT | N | Type of order to submit when triggered.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16938 | TTStopTriggeredOrderType | INT | N | Type of order to submit when triggered.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16939 | TTStopTriggeredOrderPrice | PRICE | N | price for the TT Stop child Limit order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16939 | TTStopTriggeredOrderPrice | PRICE | N | price for the TT Stop child Limit order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16941 | TTStopPayup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16941 | TTStopPayup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16942 | RetryCount | INT | N | Number of times (0-32,000) to resend a rejected order.
| | 16942 | RetryCount | INT | N | Number of times (0-32,000) to resend a rejected order.
| | 16943 | RetryInterval | INT | N | Number of milliseconds (0-100,000) between retry attempts.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16943 | RetryInterval | INT | N | Number of milliseconds (0-100,000) between retry attempts.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16944 | Duration | INT | N | Number of time units (tag 16945) between each disclosed order portion of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16944 | Duration | INT | N | Number of time units (tag 16945) between each disclosed order portion of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16945 | DurationBaseUnit | INT | N | Time unit to use for the duration (tag 16944) of a TT Time Duration order.
Possible values:- 1: Hour
- 2: Minute
- 3: Second
| | 16945 | DurationBaseUnit | INT | N | Time unit to use for the duration (tag 16944) of a TT Time Duration order.
Possible values:- 1: Hour
- 2: Minute
- 3: Second
| | 16946 | DurationSTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16946 | DurationSTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16947 | DurationETime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16947 | DurationETime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16948 | LeftoverTimeAction | INT | N | When to execute the LeftoverAction (tag 16909) for an order interval.
| | 16948 | LeftoverTimeAction | INT | N | When to execute the LeftoverAction (tag 16909) for an order interval.
| | 16949 | AutoResubExpiredGTD | BOOLEAN | N | If any child orders are not completely filled by the session close, the exchange will expire the child orders; when the market reopens, the parent order will then resubmit the child orders with the same parameters as when they expired.
| | 16949 | AutoResubExpiredGTD | BOOLEAN | N | If any child orders are not completely filled by the session close, the exchange will expire the child orders; when the market reopens, the parent order will then resubmit the child orders with the same parameters as when they expired.
| | 16950 | ParentTIF | INT | N | Time-in-force of a parent synthetic order.
Note: If this value is omitted, the value of tag 59 (TimeInForce) will be assigned to this tag. If tag 59 is also missing, the order will be rejected. If both tags are present, their values must be identical.
| | 16950 | ParentTIF | INT | N | Time-in-force of a parent synthetic order.
Note: If this value is omitted, the value of tag 59 (TimeInForce) will be assigned to this tag. If tag 59 is also missing, the order will be rejected. If both tags are present, their values must be identical.
| | 16951 | TTStopSecondConditionIsOn | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to require a secondary condition before triggering an order. The order is triggered only when the initial and secondary conditions are both TRUE.
| | 16951 | TTStopSecondConditionIsOn | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to require a secondary condition before triggering an order. The order is triggered only when the initial and secondary conditions are both TRUE.
| | 16952 | TTStopSecondTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the second contion of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16952 | TTStopSecondTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the second contion of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16953 | TTStopSecondConditionIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Type of trigger for the second condition of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
| | 16953 | TTStopSecondConditionIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Type of trigger for the second condition of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
| | 16954 | TTStopSecondTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the child order, based on the specified Trigger price. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
| | 16954 | TTStopSecondTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the child order, based on the specified Trigger price. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
| | 16955 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the secondary condition.
| | 16955 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the secondary condition.
| | 16956 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities. Possible values include:
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16956 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities. Possible values include:
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16957 | TTStopSecondTriggerQty | QTY | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16957 | TTStopSecondTriggerQty | QTY | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16958 | Variance | INT | N | Percentage (0-100) by which to vary the child order quantity.
| | 16958 | Variance | INT | N | Percentage (0-100) by which to vary the child order quantity.
| | 16960 | ETAGoToMktTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks into the market to submit an order for the remaining quantity when the tag 16906 (ETimeAct) is 2 (Go to Market).
| | 16960 | ETAGoToMktTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks into the market to submit an order for the remaining quantity when the tag 16906 (ETimeAct) is 2 (Go to Market).
| | 16961 | WaitingOption | INT | N | When to start working the parent order.
Note: If this is 1, you must specify the start time in tag 168 (EffectiveTime).
Possible values:- 0: Now
- 1: Time
- 2: PreOpen
- 3: Open
| | 16961 | WaitingOption | INT | N | When to start working the parent order.
Note: If this is 1, you must specify the start time in tag 168 (EffectiveTime).
Possible values:- 0: Now
- 1: Time
- 2: PreOpen
- 3: Open
| | 17007 | MaxDisp | INT | Y | The maximum size of a child order lot in relation to the total parent order quantity.
| | 17007 | MaxDisp | INT | Y | The maximum size of a child order lot in relation to the total parent order quantity.
| | 17008 | TwapStyle | INT | Y | Defines how the algorithm lays out the slices and execution options.
- Aggressive: Child orders are sent as market orders at the beginning of each slice. Child order quantities and time periods are uniform across each slice.
- Passive: A Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
- Default: Similar to the Passive style, a Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
| | 17008 | TwapStyle | INT | Y | Defines how the algorithm lays out the slices and execution options.
- Aggressive: Child orders are sent as market orders at the beginning of each slice. Child order quantities and time periods are uniform across each slice.
- Passive: A Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
- Default: Similar to the Passive style, a Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
| | 17009 | WouldIfPrc | PRICE | N | The desired price threshold that will trigger TWAP to temporarily abandon its current slicing plan and aggressively fill as much quantity as possible.
| | 17009 | WouldIfPrc | PRICE | N | The desired price threshold that will trigger TWAP to temporarily abandon its current slicing plan and aggressively fill as much quantity as possible.
| | 17010 | LimitPrc | PRICE | N | The highest price at which the user is willing to buy (when buying), or the lowest to sell (when selling).
| | 17010 | LimitPrc | PRICE | N | The highest price at which the user is willing to buy (when buying), or the lowest to sell (when selling).
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
Note: Omit to start working the order when submitted.
Optional for all TT Order types.
Some order types, such as TT Retry, support precision to the microsecond using a format YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS.sssmmm, where mmm represents the microseconds portion of the timestamp. When set, this precision is returned in the Execution Report.
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
Note: Omit to start working the order when submitted.
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
Note: Omit the tag to work the order until the market closes (GTC).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
Note: Omission of ExpireTime and DurationRCM will default to close of trading.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
| | 40 | OrdType | CHAR | C | Sets the order type for the parent order.
Only the following values are available for TT Premium Order /Types:
- 1: Market
- 2: Limit
- 3: Stop Market
- 4: Stop Limit
| | 40 | OrdType | CHAR | C | Sets the order type for the parent order.
Possible values include:
- 1: Market
- 2: Limit
- 3: Stop
- 4: Stop Limit
- 5: Market On Close (MOC)
- B: Limit On Close (LOC)
- J: Market If Touched (MIT)
- K: Market with Leftover as Limit
- Q: Market Limit Market (MLM) with Leftover as Limit
- S: Stop Market to Limit
- T: Market to Limit (without Limit Price) If-Touched
- U: Market to Limit If Touched (MLM-IT)
- V: Market Close Today (reserved for future use)
- W: Limit Close Today (reserved for future use)
- p: Limit (post-only)
| | 99 | StopPx | PRICE | COnly required when Tag 40 (OrdType) equals:
- 3: Stop Market
- 4: Stop Limit
| Trigger price for a stop order.
| | 9103 | MaxParticipation | FLOAT | C | Maximum Participation with relation to the eligible volume.
Note: Algo engine manages percent conversions, e.g. for 20% the field should be set to ’20’ rather than ‘0.20’
| | 9106 | IWouldPrice | FLOAT | N | Price at which you would like to aggressively attempt to fill your order, regardless of the algorithm logic.
Order aggressively tries to fill if the instrument reaches this price, irrespective of volume based tracking objectives. Should be lower than limit and arrival time ask prices for BUY orders, higher than limit and arrival time bid prices for SELL orders.
| | 9111 | Aggression | INT | N | Influences how strongly to tilt order trajectory (TT Close, TT Brisk), how tightly to track max participation (TT POV, TT Scale POV), or how tightly to follow an order schedule (TT TWAP+, TT VWAP+).
| | 9112 | TiltMode | INT | N | Determines the methodology used to tilt away from the a normal Volume-Weighted Average Price (VWAP)-based schedule for TT Brisk and TT Close algos.
Possible values:- Model Driven: Uses the instrument’s liquidity and volatility profile to determine the strength of the tilt. This setting results in the tilt, compared to a normal VWAP schedule, being more pronounced with higher Aggression setting, higher instrument liquidity, higher instrument volatility, and longer order duration.
- Simple: The strength of the tilt is determined by the Aggression level and applied as a simple, linear shift vs a VWAP+ order trajectory. Higher Aggression levels will result in the order being shifted further away from VWAP+.
| | 9115 | BriskLimitMode | INT | N | Specifies whether the order should get more aggressive when opposite side quote price is at the limit price.
This setting can be used to manage fill rate risk, increasing the expected fill rate if the market is nearing the limit price, at the cost of higher expected slippage on executed quantity.
Possible values:- Default: off
- Aggressive More At Limit: When the opposite side quote price is equal to the limit price, the order will monitor liquidity conditions tick by tick and send extra IOC (Immediate or Cancel) orders to opportunistically take additional liquidity before the market runs away.
- Faster Near Limit: (Mild, Medium, Strong): In addition to the above behavior, the order will dynamically strengthen the tilt and trade faster as the market price approaches the limit price.
| | 9117 | BlockLimit | INT | N | When calculating participation limits, all trades above this limit will be ignored.
Supports values 5-1,000,000.
| | 9145 | Tracking | INT | N | Allows trader to select between trend following and reversionary behavior.
Possible values:- AP-Revert-Low
- AP-Revert-Med
- AP-Revert-High
- AP-Trend-Low
- AP-Trend-Med
- AP-Trend-High
| | 9147 | MinParticipation | FLOAT | N | Minimum participation with relation to the eligible volume.
Note: Algo engine manages percent conversions, e.g. for 20% the field should be set to ’20’ rather than ‘0.20’
| | 9190 | IfTouchedPrice | FLOAT | N | Enables the flip side of Stop Price functionality: if present, a Buy/Sell order activates once the Last Traded
Price is less/greater than or equal to Trigger Price. Can be used in combination with Stop and
Stop Limit orders for One-Cancels-Other (OCO) type behavior, where an order activates when the market reaches
either a profit taking or stop loss price.
| | 9191 | PostTriggerDuration | INT | N |
The Post Trigger Duration in minutes. If set greater than 0, will adjust EndTime once market reaches Stop Price
or Trigger Price to earlier of EndTime or current time plus PostTrigger Duration minutes.
| | 9200 | SubStrategy | STRING | N | Sets the underlying Premium Order Type behavior managing execution of the TT Splicer instrument.
| | 9202 | DurationRCM | INT | N | Order duration from Start Time that sets the time allotted, in minutes, for an order to work in
the market. This may be specified as an alternative to setting a value for EndTime.
Note: Omission of ExpireTime and DurationRCM will default to close of trading.
| | 9203 | EndTimeOverride | INT | N | Overrides End Time, Duration, or the default with one of several values related to product hours.
Possible values:- 0: None
- 1: Last Session Close
- 2: Next Session Close
- 3: Settlement
| | 9210 | MaxShowRCM | INT | Y | Maximum open display size per price level for TT Prowler orders.
| | 9211 | MinShow | INT | Y | Minimum open display size per price level for TT Prowler orders. If Min Show remains blank or set equal to 0, the order always displays the amount of order quantity set by Max Show.
| | 9212 | PassivePriceLevel | INT | N | Allows optimal behavior to peg orders to passive price levels in the order book. If set to No Pegging, child orders are sent at the full limit price. For other settings, the order will rest
passively priced child orders even if the limit price is marketable.
- No Pegging: Send at full limit price
- Primary Peg: Peg to the top quote.
- Second Level Peg: Peg to second book level.
- Third Level Peg: Peg to third book level.
- Primary Plus 1: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 1 tick increments
on the first posted order.
- Primary Plus 2: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 2 tick increments
on the first posted order.
- Primary Plus 3: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 3 tick increments
on the first posted order.
Note: Required when Num Post Levels is changed from the default value.
| | 9213 | NumPostLevels | INT | N | Specifies the number of price levels at which to post child orders when pegging.
When Passive Price Levels is set, additional resting orders may be set at subsequent price
levels in order to hold queue priority.
Note: Can be set to greater than 0 with Passive Price Level set to No
Pegging (0). For example, you can statically layer child orders across n Num Post Levels to
split up a parent order quantity starting from your limit price without dynamic repricing due to Passive Price
Level logic.
Note: Maximum value is 20.
| | 9214 | AverageDelay | FLOAT | N |
Sets a random delay, in seconds, between sending new orders or
replacing existing child orders.
| | 9215 | IWouldQty | INT | N |
When set to any value greater than 0, I Would Qty setting equals the minimum top of book
quantity required before the order will cross the
spread.
| | 9216 | IWouldQtyPct | FLOAT | N |
Similar to I Would Qty, but set as a percent of the order quantity.
Note : The field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted as a decimal: a
value of 70 equals 70%.
| | 9217 | WithATickQty | INT | N | Sets the size threshold to initiate aggressing orders to cross the spread and take liquidity when the opposing
quote size falls to or below the set value.
The order will cross the spread when aggressive quote size falls to or below the value set by With A
Tick Qty.
| | 9218 | WithATickQtyPct | FLOAT | N |
Similar to With A Tick Qty, but expressed as a percent of the order quantity.
Note : The field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted as a decimal: a
value of 70 equals 70%.
| | 9219 | CleanupPct | FLOAT | N |
Specifies maximum percent of parent order quantity to cross the market with if a parent order is not yet complete
near the end time.
| | 9220 | PostTicksApart | INT | N |
Specifies how many minimum price increments apart to space passive orders resting across Num Post
Levels.
| | 9221 | MaxSpreadCrossTicks | INT | N | If greater than 0, an order will not cut or cross a bid-ask spread that is more than the specified amount wide.
Note: This constraint takes precedence over I Would, With A Tick, Brisk Limit,
and Cleanup % behaviors.
| | 9222 | TacticalPeg | BOOLEAN | N |
If enabled with Passive Price Level not set to No Pegging (0), avoids posting a
passive order at the top of book price level if the order book dynamics are unfavorable.
| | 9225 | IWouldQtyVariancePct | FLOAT | N | Randomizes the I Would Qty and I Would Qty % thresholds by a specified percent in
each direction.
Note: This field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted
as a decimal. For example, a value of
10 equals 10%.
For example, if I Would Qty equals 100 and I Would Qty Variance % equals 20, the
I Would Qty behavior will be
triggered based on available size being between 80-120, depending on randomized value selected within the variance
range.
| | 9302 | DynamicEndTime | BOOLEAN | N | Note: The value from this tag displays in the Dynamic Duration field in the MD Trader and Order Ticket widgets
For TT Close orders
Allows the algo to target a shorter trading horizon respective to its End Time. If selected, orders submitted may not begin placing child orders until nearer to the End Time. If not selected, parent orders will seek to utilize the full trading window as defined by the Start and End Times.
For TT Brisk orders
Allows the algo to target a shorter trading horizon respective to its Start Time. If selected, orders submitted may finish ahead of any defined End Time. If not selected, parent orders will seek to utilize the full trading window as defined by the Start and End Times.
| | 9991 | LegRiskAversion | INT | N | Influences how long the algorithm will leave the parent order partially hedged after a new fill on one of the legs.
| | 9992 | HedgeDiscretionTicks | INT | N |
Non-negative integer to give hedge orders allowance beyond inferred limit price in order to complete a hedge leg
order.
|
|
| 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT Premium order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
Currently, TT supports only 1 (TT Order type).
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
| | 16901 | BracketOrderType | INT | C | Order type for the parent order
Possible values:- 0: Limit
- 1: Stop Limit
- 2: Stop Market
| | 16901 | BracketOrderType | INT | C | Order type for the parent order
Possible values:- 0: Limit
- 1: Stop Limit
- 2: Stop Market
| | 16902 | BracketStopLimitOffset | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Bracket.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16902 | BracketStopLimitOffset | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Bracket.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16903 | ChildTIF | CHAR | Y | Time-in-Force for the algo child orders
Note: CME supports Immediate or Cancel (IOC) and Fill Or Kill (FOK) using the same Time in Force value (Tag 59=3). If a TT FIX client submits a CME IOC (Tag 59=3) with a MinQty (Tag 110), the order will be treated by CME as a FOK. To send an IOC, the FIX client should omit tag 110 from TT FIX New Order message.
Note: Although the TT FIX schema includes the new ‘At the Close’ TIFs for OSE (59=S, 59=T, and 59=U), at this time these values can not be used through FIX Order Routing or Drop Copy services. However, these values will be fully integrated in a future release. Please monitor the TT Release Notes for announcements as to availability of these TIFs.
Note: The “Plus” enums indicate that the TIF is available for the after hours (ATH) T + 1 session.
Possible values:- 0: Day (default, if not specified)
- 1: Good Till Cancel (GTC)
- 2: At The Opening (OPG)
- 3: Immediate or Cancel (IOC)
- 4: Fill Or Kill (FOK)
- 5: Good Till Crossing
- 6: Good Till Date
- 7: At the Close
- 8: Good through Crossing
- 9: At Crossing
- A: Auction
- S: Morning At the Close
- T: Afternoon At the Close
- U: Night At the Close
- V: Good in Session
- W: Day Plus
- X: Good Till Cancel Plus
- Y: Good Till Date Plus
| | 16903 | ChildTIF | CHAR | Y | Time-in-Force for the algo child orders
Note: CME supports Immediate or Cancel (IOC) and Fill Or Kill (FOK) using the same Time in Force value (Tag 59=3). If a TT FIX client submits a CME IOC (Tag 59=3) with a MinQty (Tag 110), the order will be treated by CME as a FOK. To send an IOC, the FIX client should omit tag 110 from TT FIX New Order message.
Note: Although the TT FIX schema includes the new ‘At the Close’ TIFs for OSE (59=S, 59=T, and 59=U), at this time these values can not be used through FIX Order Routing or Drop Copy services. However, these values will be fully integrated in a future release. Please monitor the TT Release Notes for announcements as to availability of these TIFs.
Note: The “Plus” enums indicate that the TIF is available for the after hours (ATH) T + 1 session.
Possible values:- 0: Day (default, if not specified)
- 1: Good Till Cancel (GTC)
- 2: At The Opening (OPG)
- 3: Immediate or Cancel (IOC)
- 4: Fill Or Kill (FOK)
- 5: Good Till Crossing
- 6: Good Till Date
- 7: At the Close
- 8: Good through Crossing
- 9: At Crossing
- A: Auction
- S: Morning At the Close
- T: Afternoon At the Close
- U: Night At the Close
- V: Good in Session
- W: Day Plus
- X: Good Till Cancel Plus
- Y: Good Till Date Plus
| | 16904 | DiscVal | INT | C | Amount of the total order quantity to disclose (1 to maxint)
| | 16904 | DiscVal | INT | C | Amount of the total order quantity to disclose (1 to maxint)
| | 16905 | DiscValType | INT | C | What the DiscVal represents
Possible values:- 1: Absolute quantity
- 2: Percentage of the total order quantity
| | 16905 | DiscValType | INT | C | What the DiscVal represents
Possible values:- 1: Absolute quantity
- 2: Percentage of the total order quantity
| | 16906 | ETimeAct | INT | N | Action to take for any unfilled balance when the End time is reached. Currently, the only supported
value is 1 (Cancel).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 16906 | ETimeAct | INT | N | Action to take for any unfilled balance when the End time is reached. Currently, the only supported
value is 1 (Cancel).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 16907 | Interval | INT | C | Length of the slice, in milliseconds
| | 16907 | Interval | INT | C | Length of the slice, in milliseconds
| | 16908 | IsTrlTrg | STRING | N | Indicates whether the trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is:
TT_Timed,
TT_Trailing_Limit
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16908 | IsTrlTrg | STRING | N | Indicates whether the trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is:
TT_Timed,
TT_Trailing_Limit
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16909 | LeftoverAction | INT | C | How to handle any existing unfilled order quantities when it is time to send the next portion.
| | 16909 | LeftoverAction | INT | C | How to handle any existing unfilled order quantities when it is time to send the next portion.
| | 16910 | LeftoverTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks to add or subtract from your Bid or Offer to determine the price of the limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Time_Sliced
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16910 | LeftoverTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks to add or subtract from your Bid or Offer to determine the price of the limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Time_Sliced
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16911 | LimitPriceType | INT | C | Type of price for the ticks away offset.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 4: Trigger
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16911 | LimitPriceType | INT | C | Type of price for the ticks away offset.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 4: Trigger
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16912 | LimitTicksAway | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the specified limit price to submit the order (-999 to 999)
| | 16912 | LimitTicksAway | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the specified limit price to submit the order (-999 to 999)
| | 16913 | OcoStopTriggerPrice | PRICE | N | Price at which to trigger the Stop Market or Stop Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_OCO.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16913 | OcoStopTriggerPrice | PRICE | N | Price at which to trigger the Stop Market or Stop Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_OCO.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16914 | ProfitTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the profit order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16914 | ProfitTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the profit order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16915 | StopLimitOffset | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order when the OCO Stop Limit order is triggered.
| | 16915 | StopLimitOffset | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order when the OCO Stop Limit order is triggered.
| | 16916 | StopOrderType | INT | C | Order type of the stop-loss order.
Possible values:- 1: Limit
- 2: Market
- 3: TT Stop
| | 16916 | StopOrderType | INT | C | Order type of the stop-loss order.
Possible values:- 1: Limit
- 2: Market
- 3: TT Stop
| | 16917 | StopTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the stop loss order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16917 | StopTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the stop loss order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16918 | TriggerPriceType | INT | C | Type of order trigger.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same Side
- 7: Opposite Side
| | 16918 | TriggerPriceType | INT | C | Type of order trigger.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same Side
- 7: Opposite Side
| | 16919 | TriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child order
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16919 | TriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child order
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16920 | TriggerType | INT | N | Price at which to trigger the order.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16920 | TriggerType | INT | N | Price at which to trigger the order.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16921 | WithATickType | INT | C | Whether the WAT threshold represents a specific quantity or a percentage of the order quantity.
| | 16921 | WithATickType | INT | C | Whether the WAT threshold represents a specific quantity or a percentage of the order quantity.
| | 16922 | WithATick | INT | N | WAT threshold quantity.
Required when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_With_A_Tick.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16922 | WithATick | INT | N | WAT threshold quantity.
Required when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_With_A_Tick.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16923 | TriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger.
| | 16923 | TriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger.
| | 16924 | TriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities.
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16924 | TriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities.
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16925 | TriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16925 | TriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16926 | TriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
| | 16926 | TriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
| | 16927 | TTStopLimitPriceType | INT | N | Type of price to use to the TT Stop child order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16927 | TTStopLimitPriceType | INT | N | Type of price to use to the TT Stop child order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16928 | TTStopWithATickType | INT | N | Type of quantity to use for the With A Tick type specified in tag 16929 (TTStopWithATick).
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16928 | TTStopWithATickType | INT | N | Type of quantity to use for the With A Tick type specified in tag 16929 (TTStopWithATick).
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16929 | TTStopWithATick | INT | N | Threshold for the With A Tick behavior that reprices the order one tick toward the market when
available quantity at the opposite inside market is at or below the specified quantity threshold
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16929 | TTStopWithATick | INT | N | Threshold for the With A Tick behavior that reprices the order one tick toward the market when
available quantity at the opposite inside market is at or below the specified quantity threshold
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16930 | Payup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order
| | 16930 | Payup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order
| | 16931 | TTStopTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16931 | TTStopTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16932 | TTStopIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Whether the TT Stop order trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16932 | TTStopIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Whether the TT Stop order trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16933 | TTStopTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child orders of the TT Stop order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16933 | TTStopTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child orders of the TT Stop order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16934 | TTStopTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16934 | TTStopTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16935 | TTStopTriggerQTyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing TT Stop order trigger quantities.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16935 | TTStopTriggerQTyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing TT Stop order trigger quantities.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16936 | TTStopTriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16936 | TTStopTriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16937 | TTStopTriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16937 | TTStopTriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16938 | TTStopTriggeredOrderType | INT | N | Type of order to submit when triggered.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16938 | TTStopTriggeredOrderType | INT | N | Type of order to submit when triggered.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16939 | TTStopTriggeredOrderPrice | PRICE | N | price for the TT Stop child Limit order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16939 | TTStopTriggeredOrderPrice | PRICE | N | price for the TT Stop child Limit order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16941 | TTStopPayup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16941 | TTStopPayup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16942 | RetryCount | INT | N | Number of times (0-32,000) to resend a rejected order.
| | 16942 | RetryCount | INT | N | Number of times (0-32,000) to resend a rejected order.
| | 16943 | RetryInterval | INT | N | Number of milliseconds (0-100,000) between retry attempts.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16943 | RetryInterval | INT | N | Number of milliseconds (0-100,000) between retry attempts.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16944 | Duration | INT | N | Number of time units (tag 16945) between each disclosed order portion of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16944 | Duration | INT | N | Number of time units (tag 16945) between each disclosed order portion of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16945 | DurationBaseUnit | INT | N | Time unit to use for the duration (tag 16944) of a TT Time Duration order.
Possible values:- 1: Hour
- 2: Minute
- 3: Second
| | 16945 | DurationBaseUnit | INT | N | Time unit to use for the duration (tag 16944) of a TT Time Duration order.
Possible values:- 1: Hour
- 2: Minute
- 3: Second
| | 16946 | DurationSTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16946 | DurationSTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16947 | DurationETime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16947 | DurationETime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16948 | LeftoverTimeAction | INT | N | When to execute the LeftoverAction (tag 16909) for an order interval.
| | 16948 | LeftoverTimeAction | INT | N | When to execute the LeftoverAction (tag 16909) for an order interval.
| | 16949 | AutoResubExpiredGTD | BOOLEAN | N | If any child orders are not completely filled by the session close, the exchange will expire the child orders; when the market reopens, the parent order will then resubmit the child orders with the same parameters as when they expired.
| | 16949 | AutoResubExpiredGTD | BOOLEAN | N | If any child orders are not completely filled by the session close, the exchange will expire the child orders; when the market reopens, the parent order will then resubmit the child orders with the same parameters as when they expired.
| | 16950 | ParentTIF | INT | N | Time-in-force of a parent synthetic order.
Note: If this value is omitted, the value of tag 59 (TimeInForce) will be assigned to this tag. If tag 59 is also missing, the order will be rejected. If both tags are present, their values must be identical.
| | 16950 | ParentTIF | INT | N | Time-in-force of a parent synthetic order.
Note: If this value is omitted, the value of tag 59 (TimeInForce) will be assigned to this tag. If tag 59 is also missing, the order will be rejected. If both tags are present, their values must be identical.
| | 16951 | TTStopSecondConditionIsOn | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to require a secondary condition before triggering an order. The order is triggered only when the initial and secondary conditions are both TRUE.
| | 16951 | TTStopSecondConditionIsOn | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to require a secondary condition before triggering an order. The order is triggered only when the initial and secondary conditions are both TRUE.
| | 16952 | TTStopSecondTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the second contion of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16952 | TTStopSecondTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the second contion of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16953 | TTStopSecondConditionIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Type of trigger for the second condition of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
| | 16953 | TTStopSecondConditionIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Type of trigger for the second condition of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
| | 16954 | TTStopSecondTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the child order, based on the specified Trigger price. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
| | 16954 | TTStopSecondTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the child order, based on the specified Trigger price. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
| | 16955 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the secondary condition.
| | 16955 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the secondary condition.
| | 16956 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities. Possible values include:
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16956 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities. Possible values include:
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16957 | TTStopSecondTriggerQty | QTY | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16957 | TTStopSecondTriggerQty | QTY | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16958 | Variance | INT | N | Percentage (0-100) by which to vary the child order quantity.
| | 16958 | Variance | INT | N | Percentage (0-100) by which to vary the child order quantity.
| | 16960 | ETAGoToMktTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks into the market to submit an order for the remaining quantity when the tag 16906 (ETimeAct) is 2 (Go to Market).
| | 16960 | ETAGoToMktTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks into the market to submit an order for the remaining quantity when the tag 16906 (ETimeAct) is 2 (Go to Market).
| | 16961 | WaitingOption | INT | N | When to start working the parent order.
Note: If this is 1, you must specify the start time in tag 168 (EffectiveTime).
Possible values:- 0: Now
- 1: Time
- 2: PreOpen
- 3: Open
| | 16961 | WaitingOption | INT | N | When to start working the parent order.
Note: If this is 1, you must specify the start time in tag 168 (EffectiveTime).
Possible values:- 0: Now
- 1: Time
- 2: PreOpen
- 3: Open
| | 17007 | MaxDisp | INT | Y | The maximum size of a child order lot in relation to the total parent order quantity.
| | 17007 | MaxDisp | INT | Y | The maximum size of a child order lot in relation to the total parent order quantity.
| | 17008 | TwapStyle | INT | Y | Defines how the algorithm lays out the slices and execution options.
- Aggressive: Child orders are sent as market orders at the beginning of each slice. Child order quantities and time periods are uniform across each slice.
- Passive: A Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
- Default: Similar to the Passive style, a Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
| | 17008 | TwapStyle | INT | Y | Defines how the algorithm lays out the slices and execution options.
- Aggressive: Child orders are sent as market orders at the beginning of each slice. Child order quantities and time periods are uniform across each slice.
- Passive: A Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
- Default: Similar to the Passive style, a Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
| | 17009 | WouldIfPrc | PRICE | N | The desired price threshold that will trigger TWAP to temporarily abandon its current slicing plan and aggressively fill as much quantity as possible.
| | 17009 | WouldIfPrc | PRICE | N | The desired price threshold that will trigger TWAP to temporarily abandon its current slicing plan and aggressively fill as much quantity as possible.
| | 17010 | LimitPrc | PRICE | N | The highest price at which the user is willing to buy (when buying), or the lowest to sell (when selling).
| | 17010 | LimitPrc | PRICE | N | The highest price at which the user is willing to buy (when buying), or the lowest to sell (when selling).
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
Note: Omit to start working the order when submitted.
Optional for all TT Order types.
Some order types, such as TT Retry, support precision to the microsecond using a format YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS.sssmmm, where mmm represents the microseconds portion of the timestamp. When set, this precision is returned in the Execution Report.
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
Note: Omit to start working the order when submitted.
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
Note: Omit the tag to work the order until the market closes (GTC).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
Note: Omission of ExpireTime and DurationRCM will default to close of trading.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
| | 40 | OrdType | CHAR | C | Sets the order type for the parent order.
Only the following values are available for TT Premium Order /Types:
- 1: Market
- 2: Limit
- 3: Stop Market
- 4: Stop Limit
| | 40 | OrdType | CHAR | C | Sets the order type for the parent order.
Possible values include:
- 1: Market
- 2: Limit
- 3: Stop
- 4: Stop Limit
- 5: Market On Close (MOC)
- B: Limit On Close (LOC)
- J: Market If Touched (MIT)
- K: Market with Leftover as Limit
- Q: Market Limit Market (MLM) with Leftover as Limit
- S: Stop Market to Limit
- T: Market to Limit (without Limit Price) If-Touched
- U: Market to Limit If Touched (MLM-IT)
- V: Market Close Today (reserved for future use)
- W: Limit Close Today (reserved for future use)
- p: Limit (post-only)
| | 99 | StopPx | PRICE | COnly required when Tag 40 (OrdType) equals:
- 3: Stop Market
- 4: Stop Limit
| Trigger price for a stop order.
| | 9103 | MaxParticipation | FLOAT | C | Maximum Participation with relation to the eligible volume.
Note: Algo engine manages percent conversions, e.g. for 20% the field should be set to ’20’ rather than ‘0.20’
| | 9106 | IWouldPrice | FLOAT | N | Price at which you would like to aggressively attempt to fill your order, regardless of the algorithm logic.
Order aggressively tries to fill if the instrument reaches this price, irrespective of volume based tracking objectives. Should be lower than limit and arrival time ask prices for BUY orders, higher than limit and arrival time bid prices for SELL orders.
| | 9111 | Aggression | INT | N | Influences how strongly to tilt order trajectory (TT Close, TT Brisk), how tightly to track max participation (TT POV, TT Scale POV), or how tightly to follow an order schedule (TT TWAP+, TT VWAP+).
| | 9112 | TiltMode | INT | N | Determines the methodology used to tilt away from the a normal Volume-Weighted Average Price (VWAP)-based schedule for TT Brisk and TT Close algos.
Possible values:- Model Driven: Uses the instrument’s liquidity and volatility profile to determine the strength of the tilt. This setting results in the tilt, compared to a normal VWAP schedule, being more pronounced with higher Aggression setting, higher instrument liquidity, higher instrument volatility, and longer order duration.
- Simple: The strength of the tilt is determined by the Aggression level and applied as a simple, linear shift vs a VWAP+ order trajectory. Higher Aggression levels will result in the order being shifted further away from VWAP+.
| | 9115 | BriskLimitMode | INT | N | Specifies whether the order should get more aggressive when opposite side quote price is at the limit price.
This setting can be used to manage fill rate risk, increasing the expected fill rate if the market is nearing the limit price, at the cost of higher expected slippage on executed quantity.
Possible values:- Default: off
- Aggressive More At Limit: When the opposite side quote price is equal to the limit price, the order will monitor liquidity conditions tick by tick and send extra IOC (Immediate or Cancel) orders to opportunistically take additional liquidity before the market runs away.
- Faster Near Limit: (Mild, Medium, Strong): In addition to the above behavior, the order will dynamically strengthen the tilt and trade faster as the market price approaches the limit price.
| | 9117 | BlockLimit | INT | N | When calculating participation limits, all trades above this limit will be ignored.
Supports values 5-1,000,000.
| | 9145 | Tracking | INT | N | Allows trader to select between trend following and reversionary behavior.
Possible values:- AP-Revert-Low
- AP-Revert-Med
- AP-Revert-High
- AP-Trend-Low
- AP-Trend-Med
- AP-Trend-High
| | 9147 | MinParticipation | FLOAT | N | Minimum participation with relation to the eligible volume.
Note: Algo engine manages percent conversions, e.g. for 20% the field should be set to ’20’ rather than ‘0.20’
| | 9190 | IfTouchedPrice | FLOAT | N | Enables the flip side of Stop Price functionality: if present, a Buy/Sell order activates once the Last Traded
Price is less/greater than or equal to Trigger Price. Can be used in combination with Stop and
Stop Limit orders for One-Cancels-Other (OCO) type behavior, where an order activates when the market reaches
either a profit taking or stop loss price.
| | 9191 | PostTriggerDuration | INT | N |
The Post Trigger Duration in minutes. If set greater than 0, will adjust EndTime once market reaches Stop Price
or Trigger Price to earlier of EndTime or current time plus PostTrigger Duration minutes.
| | 9200 | SubStrategy | STRING | N | Sets the underlying Premium Order Type behavior managing execution of the TT Splicer instrument.
| | 9202 | DurationRCM | INT | N | Order duration from Start Time that sets the time allotted, in minutes, for an order to work in
the market. This may be specified as an alternative to setting a value for EndTime.
Note: Omission of ExpireTime and DurationRCM will default to close of trading.
| | 9203 | EndTimeOverride | INT | N | Overrides End Time, Duration, or the default with one of several values related to product hours.
Possible values:- 0: None
- 1: Last Session Close
- 2: Next Session Close
- 3: Settlement
| | 9210 | MaxShowRCM | INT | Y | Maximum open display size per price level for TT Prowler orders.
| | 9211 | MinShow | INT | Y | Minimum open display size per price level for TT Prowler orders. If Min Show remains blank or set equal to 0, the order always displays the amount of order quantity set by Max Show.
| | 9212 | PassivePriceLevel | INT | N | Allows optimal behavior to peg orders to passive price levels in the order book. If set to No Pegging, child orders are sent at the full limit price. For other settings, the order will rest
passively priced child orders even if the limit price is marketable.
- No Pegging: Send at full limit price
- Primary Peg: Peg to the top quote.
- Second Level Peg: Peg to second book level.
- Third Level Peg: Peg to third book level.
- Primary Plus 1: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 1 tick increments
on the first posted order.
- Primary Plus 2: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 2 tick increments
on the first posted order.
- Primary Plus 3: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 3 tick increments
on the first posted order.
Note: Required when Num Post Levels is changed from the default value.
| | 9213 | NumPostLevels | INT | N | Specifies the number of price levels at which to post child orders when pegging.
When Passive Price Levels is set, additional resting orders may be set at subsequent price
levels in order to hold queue priority.
Note: Can be set to greater than 0 with Passive Price Level set to No
Pegging (0). For example, you can statically layer child orders across n Num Post Levels to
split up a parent order quantity starting from your limit price without dynamic repricing due to Passive Price
Level logic.
Note: Maximum value is 20.
| | 9214 | AverageDelay | FLOAT | N |
Sets a random delay, in seconds, between sending new orders or
replacing existing child orders.
| | 9215 | IWouldQty | INT | N |
When set to any value greater than 0, I Would Qty setting equals the minimum top of book
quantity required before the order will cross the
spread.
| | 9216 | IWouldQtyPct | FLOAT | N |
Similar to I Would Qty, but set as a percent of the order quantity.
Note : The field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted as a decimal: a
value of 70 equals 70%.
| | 9217 | WithATickQty | INT | N | Sets the size threshold to initiate aggressing orders to cross the spread and take liquidity when the opposing
quote size falls to or below the set value.
The order will cross the spread when aggressive quote size falls to or below the value set by With A
Tick Qty.
| | 9218 | WithATickQtyPct | FLOAT | N |
Similar to With A Tick Qty, but expressed as a percent of the order quantity.
Note : The field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted as a decimal: a
value of 70 equals 70%.
| | 9219 | CleanupPct | FLOAT | N |
Specifies maximum percent of parent order quantity to cross the market with if a parent order is not yet complete
near the end time.
| | 9220 | PostTicksApart | INT | N |
Specifies how many minimum price increments apart to space passive orders resting across Num Post
Levels.
| | 9221 | MaxSpreadCrossTicks | INT | N | If greater than 0, an order will not cut or cross a bid-ask spread that is more than the specified amount wide.
Note: This constraint takes precedence over I Would, With A Tick, Brisk Limit,
and Cleanup % behaviors.
| | 9222 | TacticalPeg | BOOLEAN | N |
If enabled with Passive Price Level not set to No Pegging (0), avoids posting a
passive order at the top of book price level if the order book dynamics are unfavorable.
| | 9225 | IWouldQtyVariancePct | FLOAT | N | Randomizes the I Would Qty and I Would Qty % thresholds by a specified percent in
each direction.
Note: This field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted
as a decimal. For example, a value of
10 equals 10%.
For example, if I Would Qty equals 100 and I Would Qty Variance % equals 20, the
I Would Qty behavior will be
triggered based on available size being between 80-120, depending on randomized value selected within the variance
range.
| | 9302 | DynamicEndTime | BOOLEAN | N | Note: The value from this tag displays in the Dynamic Duration field in the MD Trader and Order Ticket widgets
For TT Close orders
Allows the algo to target a shorter trading horizon respective to its End Time. If selected, orders submitted may not begin placing child orders until nearer to the End Time. If not selected, parent orders will seek to utilize the full trading window as defined by the Start and End Times.
For TT Brisk orders
Allows the algo to target a shorter trading horizon respective to its Start Time. If selected, orders submitted may finish ahead of any defined End Time. If not selected, parent orders will seek to utilize the full trading window as defined by the Start and End Times.
| | 9991 | LegRiskAversion | INT | N | Influences how long the algorithm will leave the parent order partially hedged after a new fill on one of the legs.
| | 9992 | HedgeDiscretionTicks | INT | N |
Non-negative integer to give hedge orders allowance beyond inferred limit price in order to complete a hedge leg
order.
|
|
| 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT Premium order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16847 | TargetStrategyName | STRING | Y | Name of the TT order type
For TT order types, possible values include:
For custom algos, the name must match the one specified by the algo creator.
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
Currently, TT supports only 1 (TT Order type).
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
| | 16848 | TargetStrategyType | INT | Y | Source of the algo
| | 16901 | BracketOrderType | INT | C | Order type for the parent order
Possible values:- 0: Limit
- 1: Stop Limit
- 2: Stop Market
| | 16901 | BracketOrderType | INT | C | Order type for the parent order
Possible values:- 0: Limit
- 1: Stop Limit
- 2: Stop Market
| | 16902 | BracketStopLimitOffset | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Bracket.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16902 | BracketStopLimitOffset | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Bracket.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16903 | ChildTIF | CHAR | Y | Time-in-Force for the algo child orders
Note: CME supports Immediate or Cancel (IOC) and Fill Or Kill (FOK) using the same Time in Force value (Tag 59=3). If a TT FIX client submits a CME IOC (Tag 59=3) with a MinQty (Tag 110), the order will be treated by CME as a FOK. To send an IOC, the FIX client should omit tag 110 from TT FIX New Order message.
Note: Although the TT FIX schema includes the new ‘At the Close’ TIFs for OSE (59=S, 59=T, and 59=U), at this time these values can not be used through FIX Order Routing or Drop Copy services. However, these values will be fully integrated in a future release. Please monitor the TT Release Notes for announcements as to availability of these TIFs.
Note: The “Plus” enums indicate that the TIF is available for the after hours (ATH) T + 1 session.
Possible values:- 0: Day (default, if not specified)
- 1: Good Till Cancel (GTC)
- 2: At The Opening (OPG)
- 3: Immediate or Cancel (IOC)
- 4: Fill Or Kill (FOK)
- 5: Good Till Crossing
- 6: Good Till Date
- 7: At the Close
- 8: Good through Crossing
- 9: At Crossing
- A: Auction
- S: Morning At the Close
- T: Afternoon At the Close
- U: Night At the Close
- V: Good in Session
- W: Day Plus
- X: Good Till Cancel Plus
- Y: Good Till Date Plus
| | 16903 | ChildTIF | CHAR | Y | Time-in-Force for the algo child orders
Note: CME supports Immediate or Cancel (IOC) and Fill Or Kill (FOK) using the same Time in Force value (Tag 59=3). If a TT FIX client submits a CME IOC (Tag 59=3) with a MinQty (Tag 110), the order will be treated by CME as a FOK. To send an IOC, the FIX client should omit tag 110 from TT FIX New Order message.
Note: Although the TT FIX schema includes the new ‘At the Close’ TIFs for OSE (59=S, 59=T, and 59=U), at this time these values can not be used through FIX Order Routing or Drop Copy services. However, these values will be fully integrated in a future release. Please monitor the TT Release Notes for announcements as to availability of these TIFs.
Note: The “Plus” enums indicate that the TIF is available for the after hours (ATH) T + 1 session.
Possible values:- 0: Day (default, if not specified)
- 1: Good Till Cancel (GTC)
- 2: At The Opening (OPG)
- 3: Immediate or Cancel (IOC)
- 4: Fill Or Kill (FOK)
- 5: Good Till Crossing
- 6: Good Till Date
- 7: At the Close
- 8: Good through Crossing
- 9: At Crossing
- A: Auction
- S: Morning At the Close
- T: Afternoon At the Close
- U: Night At the Close
- V: Good in Session
- W: Day Plus
- X: Good Till Cancel Plus
- Y: Good Till Date Plus
| | 16904 | DiscVal | INT | C | Amount of the total order quantity to disclose (1 to maxint)
| | 16904 | DiscVal | INT | C | Amount of the total order quantity to disclose (1 to maxint)
| | 16905 | DiscValType | INT | C | What the DiscVal represents
Possible values:- 1: Absolute quantity
- 2: Percentage of the total order quantity
| | 16905 | DiscValType | INT | C | What the DiscVal represents
Possible values:- 1: Absolute quantity
- 2: Percentage of the total order quantity
| | 16906 | ETimeAct | INT | N | Action to take for any unfilled balance when the End time is reached. Currently, the only supported
value is 1 (Cancel).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 16906 | ETimeAct | INT | N | Action to take for any unfilled balance when the End time is reached. Currently, the only supported
value is 1 (Cancel).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 16907 | Interval | INT | C | Length of the slice, in milliseconds
| | 16907 | Interval | INT | C | Length of the slice, in milliseconds
| | 16908 | IsTrlTrg | STRING | N | Indicates whether the trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is:
TT_Timed,
TT_Trailing_Limit
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16908 | IsTrlTrg | STRING | N | Indicates whether the trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is:
TT_Timed,
TT_Trailing_Limit
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16909 | LeftoverAction | INT | C | How to handle any existing unfilled order quantities when it is time to send the next portion.
| | 16909 | LeftoverAction | INT | C | How to handle any existing unfilled order quantities when it is time to send the next portion.
| | 16910 | LeftoverTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks to add or subtract from your Bid or Offer to determine the price of the limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Time_Sliced
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16910 | LeftoverTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks to add or subtract from your Bid or Offer to determine the price of the limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Time_Sliced
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16911 | LimitPriceType | INT | C | Type of price for the ticks away offset.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 4: Trigger
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16911 | LimitPriceType | INT | C | Type of price for the ticks away offset.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 4: Trigger
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16912 | LimitTicksAway | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the specified limit price to submit the order (-999 to 999)
| | 16912 | LimitTicksAway | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the specified limit price to submit the order (-999 to 999)
| | 16913 | OcoStopTriggerPrice | PRICE | N | Price at which to trigger the Stop Market or Stop Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_OCO.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16913 | OcoStopTriggerPrice | PRICE | N | Price at which to trigger the Stop Market or Stop Limit order.
Optional when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_OCO.
Unused, otherwise.
| | 16914 | ProfitTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the profit order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16914 | ProfitTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the profit order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Profit target setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16915 | StopLimitOffset | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order when the OCO Stop Limit order is triggered.
| | 16915 | StopLimitOffset | INT | C | Number of ticks away from the Stop price to submit a Limit order when the OCO Stop Limit order is triggered.
| | 16916 | StopOrderType | INT | C | Order type of the stop-loss order.
Possible values:- 1: Limit
- 2: Market
- 3: TT Stop
| | 16916 | StopOrderType | INT | C | Order type of the stop-loss order.
Possible values:- 1: Limit
- 2: Market
- 3: TT Stop
| | 16917 | StopTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the stop loss order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16917 | StopTarget | INT | C | Initial price for the stop loss order in the OCO pair, as follows:
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price + Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was a bid.
- Price = Entry Order Fill Price – Stop loss setting, if the TT Bracket order was an offer.
| | 16918 | TriggerPriceType | INT | C | Type of order trigger.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same Side
- 7: Opposite Side
| | 16918 | TriggerPriceType | INT | C | Type of order trigger.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same Side
- 7: Opposite Side
| | 16919 | TriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child order
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16919 | TriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child order
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16920 | TriggerType | INT | N | Price at which to trigger the order.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16920 | TriggerType | INT | N | Price at which to trigger the order.
Unused when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_Timed or TT_Trailing_Limit.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16921 | WithATickType | INT | C | Whether the WAT threshold represents a specific quantity or a percentage of the order quantity.
| | 16921 | WithATickType | INT | C | Whether the WAT threshold represents a specific quantity or a percentage of the order quantity.
| | 16922 | WithATick | INT | N | WAT threshold quantity.
Required when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_With_A_Tick.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16922 | WithATick | INT | N | WAT threshold quantity.
Required when tag 16847 (TargetStrategyName) is: TT_With_A_Tick.
Optional, otherwise.
| | 16923 | TriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger.
| | 16923 | TriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger.
| | 16924 | TriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities.
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16924 | TriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities.
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16925 | TriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16925 | TriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16926 | TriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
| | 16926 | TriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
| | 16927 | TTStopLimitPriceType | INT | N | Type of price to use to the TT Stop child order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16927 | TTStopLimitPriceType | INT | N | Type of price to use to the TT Stop child order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16928 | TTStopWithATickType | INT | N | Type of quantity to use for the With A Tick type specified in tag 16929 (TTStopWithATick).
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16928 | TTStopWithATickType | INT | N | Type of quantity to use for the With A Tick type specified in tag 16929 (TTStopWithATick).
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16929 | TTStopWithATick | INT | N | Threshold for the With A Tick behavior that reprices the order one tick toward the market when
available quantity at the opposite inside market is at or below the specified quantity threshold
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16929 | TTStopWithATick | INT | N | Threshold for the With A Tick behavior that reprices the order one tick toward the market when
available quantity at the opposite inside market is at or below the specified quantity threshold
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16930 | Payup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order
| | 16930 | Payup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order
| | 16931 | TTStopTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16931 | TTStopTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16932 | TTStopIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Whether the TT Stop order trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16932 | TTStopIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Whether the TT Stop order trigger price trails the trigger price type by some number of ticks.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16933 | TTStopTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child orders of the TT Stop order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16933 | TTStopTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks away from the specified price to submit the child orders of the TT Stop order
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16934 | TTStopTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16934 | TTStopTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the TT Stop order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16935 | TTStopTriggerQTyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing TT Stop order trigger quantities.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16935 | TTStopTriggerQTyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing TT Stop order trigger quantities.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16936 | TTStopTriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16936 | TTStopTriggerQty | INT | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16937 | TTStopTriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16937 | TTStopTriggerLTPReset | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to reset the trade quantity counter back to zero, if the inside market backs away from the trigger price.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16938 | TTStopTriggeredOrderType | INT | N | Type of order to submit when triggered.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16938 | TTStopTriggeredOrderType | INT | N | Type of order to submit when triggered.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16939 | TTStopTriggeredOrderPrice | PRICE | N | price for the TT Stop child Limit order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16939 | TTStopTriggeredOrderPrice | PRICE | N | price for the TT Stop child Limit order.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16941 | TTStopPayup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16941 | TTStopPayup | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the Limit order. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16942 | RetryCount | INT | N | Number of times (0-32,000) to resend a rejected order.
| | 16942 | RetryCount | INT | N | Number of times (0-32,000) to resend a rejected order.
| | 16943 | RetryInterval | INT | N | Number of milliseconds (0-100,000) between retry attempts.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16943 | RetryInterval | INT | N | Number of milliseconds (0-100,000) between retry attempts.
Note: Used only for TT Bracket and TT OCO orders that submit a TT Stop order for the stop-loss order, with tag 16916 (StopOrderType) = 3 (TT Stop).
| | 16944 | Duration | INT | N | Number of time units (tag 16945) between each disclosed order portion of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16944 | Duration | INT | N | Number of time units (tag 16945) between each disclosed order portion of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16945 | DurationBaseUnit | INT | N | Time unit to use for the duration (tag 16944) of a TT Time Duration order.
Possible values:- 1: Hour
- 2: Minute
- 3: Second
| | 16945 | DurationBaseUnit | INT | N | Time unit to use for the duration (tag 16944) of a TT Time Duration order.
Possible values:- 1: Hour
- 2: Minute
- 3: Second
| | 16946 | DurationSTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16946 | DurationSTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16947 | DurationETime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16947 | DurationETime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop submitting child orders of a TT Time Duration order.
| | 16948 | LeftoverTimeAction | INT | N | When to execute the LeftoverAction (tag 16909) for an order interval.
| | 16948 | LeftoverTimeAction | INT | N | When to execute the LeftoverAction (tag 16909) for an order interval.
| | 16949 | AutoResubExpiredGTD | BOOLEAN | N | If any child orders are not completely filled by the session close, the exchange will expire the child orders; when the market reopens, the parent order will then resubmit the child orders with the same parameters as when they expired.
| | 16949 | AutoResubExpiredGTD | BOOLEAN | N | If any child orders are not completely filled by the session close, the exchange will expire the child orders; when the market reopens, the parent order will then resubmit the child orders with the same parameters as when they expired.
| | 16950 | ParentTIF | INT | N | Time-in-force of a parent synthetic order.
Note: If this value is omitted, the value of tag 59 (TimeInForce) will be assigned to this tag. If tag 59 is also missing, the order will be rejected. If both tags are present, their values must be identical.
| | 16950 | ParentTIF | INT | N | Time-in-force of a parent synthetic order.
Note: If this value is omitted, the value of tag 59 (TimeInForce) will be assigned to this tag. If tag 59 is also missing, the order will be rejected. If both tags are present, their values must be identical.
| | 16951 | TTStopSecondConditionIsOn | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to require a secondary condition before triggering an order. The order is triggered only when the initial and secondary conditions are both TRUE.
| | 16951 | TTStopSecondConditionIsOn | BOOLEAN | N | Whether to require a secondary condition before triggering an order. The order is triggered only when the initial and secondary conditions are both TRUE.
| | 16952 | TTStopSecondTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the second contion of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16952 | TTStopSecondTriggerPriceType | INT | N | Type of trigger for the second contion of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
Possible values:- 1: Bid
- 2: Ask
- 3: LTP
- 6: Same side
- 7: Opposite side
| | 16953 | TTStopSecondConditionIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Type of trigger for the second condition of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
| | 16953 | TTStopSecondConditionIsTrlTrg | BOOLEAN | N | Type of trigger for the second condition of at TT Stop or TT If-Touched order.
| | 16954 | TTStopSecondTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the child order, based on the specified Trigger price. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
| | 16954 | TTStopSecondTriggerTicksAway | INT | N | Number of ticks from the specified price to submit the child order, based on the specified Trigger price. Positive values indicate towards the market and negative values indicate away from the market.
| | 16955 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the secondary condition.
| | 16955 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyType | INT | N | Type of quantity trigger for the secondary condition.
| | 16956 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities. Possible values include:
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16956 | TTStopSecondTriggerQtyCompare | INT | N | Test to use when comparing trigger quantities. Possible values include:
Possible values:- 3: Less than or equal to
- 5: Greater than or equal to
| | 16957 | TTStopSecondTriggerQty | QTY | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16957 | TTStopSecondTriggerQty | QTY | N | Quantity of the secondary trigger condition based on the executed quantity (if LTP) or the quantity on the Bid or the Ask.
| | 16958 | Variance | INT | N | Percentage (0-100) by which to vary the child order quantity.
| | 16958 | Variance | INT | N | Percentage (0-100) by which to vary the child order quantity.
| | 16960 | ETAGoToMktTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks into the market to submit an order for the remaining quantity when the tag 16906 (ETimeAct) is 2 (Go to Market).
| | 16960 | ETAGoToMktTicks | INT | N | Number of ticks into the market to submit an order for the remaining quantity when the tag 16906 (ETimeAct) is 2 (Go to Market).
| | 16961 | WaitingOption | INT | N | When to start working the parent order.
Note: If this is 1, you must specify the start time in tag 168 (EffectiveTime).
Possible values:- 0: Now
- 1: Time
- 2: PreOpen
- 3: Open
| | 16961 | WaitingOption | INT | N | When to start working the parent order.
Note: If this is 1, you must specify the start time in tag 168 (EffectiveTime).
Possible values:- 0: Now
- 1: Time
- 2: PreOpen
- 3: Open
| | 17007 | MaxDisp | INT | Y | The maximum size of a child order lot in relation to the total parent order quantity.
| | 17007 | MaxDisp | INT | Y | The maximum size of a child order lot in relation to the total parent order quantity.
| | 17008 | TwapStyle | INT | Y | Defines how the algorithm lays out the slices and execution options.
- Aggressive: Child orders are sent as market orders at the beginning of each slice. Child order quantities and time periods are uniform across each slice.
- Passive: A Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
- Default: Similar to the Passive style, a Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
| | 17008 | TwapStyle | INT | Y | Defines how the algorithm lays out the slices and execution options.
- Aggressive: Child orders are sent as market orders at the beginning of each slice. Child order quantities and time periods are uniform across each slice.
- Passive: A Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
- Default: Similar to the Passive style, a Limit Order is placed at the bid (for buys) / ask (for sells) at the beginning of each slice and then continuously repriced to follow the market.
| | 17009 | WouldIfPrc | PRICE | N | The desired price threshold that will trigger TWAP to temporarily abandon its current slicing plan and aggressively fill as much quantity as possible.
| | 17009 | WouldIfPrc | PRICE | N | The desired price threshold that will trigger TWAP to temporarily abandon its current slicing plan and aggressively fill as much quantity as possible.
| | 17010 | LimitPrc | PRICE | N | The highest price at which the user is willing to buy (when buying), or the lowest to sell (when selling).
| | 17010 | LimitPrc | PRICE | N | The highest price at which the user is willing to buy (when buying), or the lowest to sell (when selling).
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
Note: Omit to start working the order when submitted.
Optional for all TT Order types.
Some order types, such as TT Retry, support precision to the microsecond using a format YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS.sssmmm, where mmm represents the microseconds portion of the timestamp. When set, this precision is returned in the Execution Report.
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
Note: Omit to start working the order when submitted.
| | 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
Note: Omit the tag to work the order until the market closes (GTC).
Optional for all TT Order types.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
Note: Omission of ExpireTime and DurationRCM will default to close of trading.
| | 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
| | 40 | OrdType | CHAR | C | Sets the order type for the parent order.
Only the following values are available for TT Premium Order /Types:
- 1: Market
- 2: Limit
- 3: Stop Market
- 4: Stop Limit
| | 40 | OrdType | CHAR | C | Sets the order type for the parent order.
Possible values include:
- 1: Market
- 2: Limit
- 3: Stop
- 4: Stop Limit
- 5: Market On Close (MOC)
- B: Limit On Close (LOC)
- J: Market If Touched (MIT)
- K: Market with Leftover as Limit
- Q: Market Limit Market (MLM) with Leftover as Limit
- S: Stop Market to Limit
- T: Market to Limit (without Limit Price) If-Touched
- U: Market to Limit If Touched (MLM-IT)
- V: Market Close Today (reserved for future use)
- W: Limit Close Today (reserved for future use)
- p: Limit (post-only)
| | 99 | StopPx | PRICE | COnly required when Tag 40 (OrdType) equals:
- 3: Stop Market
- 4: Stop Limit
| Trigger price for a stop order.
| | 9103 | MaxParticipation | FLOAT | C | Maximum Participation with relation to the eligible volume.
Note: Algo engine manages percent conversions, e.g. for 20% the field should be set to ’20’ rather than ‘0.20’
| | 9106 | IWouldPrice | FLOAT | N | Price at which you would like to aggressively attempt to fill your order, regardless of the algorithm logic.
Order aggressively tries to fill if the instrument reaches this price, irrespective of volume based tracking objectives. Should be lower than limit and arrival time ask prices for BUY orders, higher than limit and arrival time bid prices for SELL orders.
| | 9111 | Aggression | INT | N | Influences how strongly to tilt order trajectory (TT Close, TT Brisk), how tightly to track max participation (TT POV, TT Scale POV), or how tightly to follow an order schedule (TT TWAP+, TT VWAP+).
| | 9112 | TiltMode | INT | N | Determines the methodology used to tilt away from the a normal Volume-Weighted Average Price (VWAP)-based schedule for TT Brisk and TT Close algos.
Possible values:- Model Driven: Uses the instrument’s liquidity and volatility profile to determine the strength of the tilt. This setting results in the tilt, compared to a normal VWAP schedule, being more pronounced with higher Aggression setting, higher instrument liquidity, higher instrument volatility, and longer order duration.
- Simple: The strength of the tilt is determined by the Aggression level and applied as a simple, linear shift vs a VWAP+ order trajectory. Higher Aggression levels will result in the order being shifted further away from VWAP+.
| | 9115 | BriskLimitMode | INT | N | Specifies whether the order should get more aggressive when opposite side quote price is at the limit price.
This setting can be used to manage fill rate risk, increasing the expected fill rate if the market is nearing the limit price, at the cost of higher expected slippage on executed quantity.
Possible values:- Default: off
- Aggressive More At Limit: When the opposite side quote price is equal to the limit price, the order will monitor liquidity conditions tick by tick and send extra IOC (Immediate or Cancel) orders to opportunistically take additional liquidity before the market runs away.
- Faster Near Limit: (Mild, Medium, Strong): In addition to the above behavior, the order will dynamically strengthen the tilt and trade faster as the market price approaches the limit price.
| | 9117 | BlockLimit | INT | N | When calculating participation limits, all trades above this limit will be ignored.
Supports values 5-1,000,000.
| | 9145 | Tracking | INT | N | Allows trader to select between trend following and reversionary behavior.
Possible values:- AP-Revert-Low
- AP-Revert-Med
- AP-Revert-High
- AP-Trend-Low
- AP-Trend-Med
- AP-Trend-High
| | 9147 | MinParticipation | FLOAT | N | Minimum participation with relation to the eligible volume.
Note: Algo engine manages percent conversions, e.g. for 20% the field should be set to ’20’ rather than ‘0.20’
| | 9190 | IfTouchedPrice | FLOAT | N | Enables the flip side of Stop Price functionality: if present, a Buy/Sell order activates once the Last Traded
Price is less/greater than or equal to Trigger Price. Can be used in combination with Stop and
Stop Limit orders for One-Cancels-Other (OCO) type behavior, where an order activates when the market reaches
either a profit taking or stop loss price.
| | 9191 | PostTriggerDuration | INT | N |
The Post Trigger Duration in minutes. If set greater than 0, will adjust EndTime once market reaches Stop Price
or Trigger Price to earlier of EndTime or current time plus PostTrigger Duration minutes.
| | 9200 | SubStrategy | STRING | N | Sets the underlying Premium Order Type behavior managing execution of the TT Splicer instrument.
| | 9202 | DurationRCM | INT | N | Order duration from Start Time that sets the time allotted, in minutes, for an order to work in
the market. This may be specified as an alternative to setting a value for EndTime.
Note: Omission of ExpireTime and DurationRCM will default to close of trading.
| | 9203 | EndTimeOverride | INT | N | Overrides End Time, Duration, or the default with one of several values related to product hours.
Possible values:- 0: None
- 1: Last Session Close
- 2: Next Session Close
- 3: Settlement
| | 9210 | MaxShowRCM | INT | Y | Maximum open display size per price level for TT Prowler orders.
| | 9211 | MinShow | INT | Y | Minimum open display size per price level for TT Prowler orders. If Min Show remains blank or set equal to 0, the order always displays the amount of order quantity set by Max Show.
| | 9212 | PassivePriceLevel | INT | N | Allows optimal behavior to peg orders to passive price levels in the order book. If set to No Pegging, child orders are sent at the full limit price. For other settings, the order will rest
passively priced child orders even if the limit price is marketable.
- No Pegging: Send at full limit price
- Primary Peg: Peg to the top quote.
- Second Level Peg: Peg to second book level.
- Third Level Peg: Peg to third book level.
- Primary Plus 1: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 1 tick increments
on the first posted order.
- Primary Plus 2: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 2 tick increments
on the first posted order.
- Primary Plus 3: Primary (passive) quote price, but improve the quote at 3 tick increments
on the first posted order.
Note: Required when Num Post Levels is changed from the default value.
| | 9213 | NumPostLevels | INT | N | Specifies the number of price levels at which to post child orders when pegging.
When Passive Price Levels is set, additional resting orders may be set at subsequent price
levels in order to hold queue priority.
Note: Can be set to greater than 0 with Passive Price Level set to No
Pegging (0). For example, you can statically layer child orders across n Num Post Levels to
split up a parent order quantity starting from your limit price without dynamic repricing due to Passive Price
Level logic.
Note: Maximum value is 20.
| | 9214 | AverageDelay | FLOAT | N |
Sets a random delay, in seconds, between sending new orders or
replacing existing child orders.
| | 9215 | IWouldQty | INT | N |
When set to any value greater than 0, I Would Qty setting equals the minimum top of book
quantity required before the order will cross the
spread.
| | 9216 | IWouldQtyPct | FLOAT | N |
Similar to I Would Qty, but set as a percent of the order quantity.
Note : The field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted as a decimal: a
value of 70 equals 70%.
| | 9217 | WithATickQty | INT | N | Sets the size threshold to initiate aggressing orders to cross the spread and take liquidity when the opposing
quote size falls to or below the set value.
The order will cross the spread when aggressive quote size falls to or below the value set by With A
Tick Qty.
| | 9218 | WithATickQtyPct | FLOAT | N |
Similar to With A Tick Qty, but expressed as a percent of the order quantity.
Note : The field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted as a decimal: a
value of 70 equals 70%.
| | 9219 | CleanupPct | FLOAT | N |
Specifies maximum percent of parent order quantity to cross the market with if a parent order is not yet complete
near the end time.
| | 9220 | PostTicksApart | INT | N |
Specifies how many minimum price increments apart to space passive orders resting across Num Post
Levels.
| | 9221 | MaxSpreadCrossTicks | INT | N | If greater than 0, an order will not cut or cross a bid-ask spread that is more than the specified amount wide.
Note: This constraint takes precedence over I Would, With A Tick, Brisk Limit,
and Cleanup % behaviors.
| | 9222 | TacticalPeg | BOOLEAN | N |
If enabled with Passive Price Level not set to No Pegging (0), avoids posting a
passive order at the top of book price level if the order book dynamics are unfavorable.
| | 9225 | IWouldQtyVariancePct | FLOAT | N | Randomizes the I Would Qty and I Would Qty % thresholds by a specified percent in
each direction.
Note: This field represents the number as a percent and should not be submitted
as a decimal. For example, a value of
10 equals 10%.
For example, if I Would Qty equals 100 and I Would Qty Variance % equals 20, the
I Would Qty behavior will be
triggered based on available size being between 80-120, depending on randomized value selected within the variance
range.
| | 9302 | DynamicEndTime | BOOLEAN | N | Note: The value from this tag displays in the Dynamic Duration field in the MD Trader and Order Ticket widgets
For TT Close orders
Allows the algo to target a shorter trading horizon respective to its End Time. If selected, orders submitted may not begin placing child orders until nearer to the End Time. If not selected, parent orders will seek to utilize the full trading window as defined by the Start and End Times.
For TT Brisk orders
Allows the algo to target a shorter trading horizon respective to its Start Time. If selected, orders submitted may finish ahead of any defined End Time. If not selected, parent orders will seek to utilize the full trading window as defined by the Start and End Times.
| | 9991 | LegRiskAversion | INT | N | Influences how long the algorithm will leave the parent order partially hedged after a new fill on one of the legs.
| | 9992 | HedgeDiscretionTicks | INT | N |
Non-negative integer to give hedge orders allowance beyond inferred limit price in order to complete a hedge leg
order.
|
|
| 1385 | ContingencyType | INT | N | Type of contingency
Possible values:- 1: One Cancels the Other (OCO)
- 2: One Triggers Other (OTO)
- 3: One Updates the Other (OUO) – Absolute Quantity Reduction
- 4: One Updates the Other (OUO) – Proportional Quantity Reduction
|
| 21 | HandlInst | CHAR | C | Order handling instructions.
Possible values:- 1: Automated execution order, private, no broker intervention
- 2: Automated execution order, public, broker intervention OK
- 3: Staged order, broker intervention required
|
| 1031 | CustOrderHandlingInst | CHAR | CIf required by the exchange, this tag is also required. For more information, consult the exchange documentation.
| Simplified Execution Source Code as defined by FIA. Identifies the execution method used for Exchange Traded Derivative trades at point of origin, allowing executing and clearing brokers to easily reference the appropriate brokerage rate for the execution method.
Note: This tag is also included in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- C: Vendor-provided Platform billed by Executing Broker
- G: Sponsored Access via Exchange API or FIX provided by Executing Broker
- H: Premium Algorithmic Trading Provider billed by Executing Broker
- D: Other, including Other-provided Screen
- W: Desk
- Y: Electronic (default)
|
| 16106 | StagedOrderMsg | STRING | N | Message text associated with the staged order.
Typically used to provide additional information to the broker responsible for managing the order. Will appear on both parent and child staged orders.
Note: Sent only for staged orders (Tag 21 (HandlInst)=3)
|
| 58 | Text | STRING | N | Additional information for the person who works the order
|
| 528 | OrderCapacity | CHAR | CRequired for exchanges subject to MiFID II regulations.
| Designates the capacity of the firm placing the order. The value corresponds to the Trading Capacity setting for Customer Defaults in Setup.
Possible values:- A: Agency (maps to [AOTC])
- G: Proprietary (maps to [AOTC])
- I: Individual (maps to [AOTC])
- P: Principal (maps to [DEAL])
- R: Riskless Principal (maps to [MTCH])
- W: Agent for Other Member (maps to [AOTC])
|
| 529 | OrderRestriction | CHAR | CRequired for exchanges subject to MiFID II regulations.
| Restrictions associated with an order. Sent when provided by the exchange. Currently, only the NASDAQ EU market supports this field.
Possible values:- 1: Program Trade
- 2: Index Arbitrage
- 3: Non-Index Arbitrage
- 4: Competing Market Maker
- 5: Acting as Market Maker or Specialist in the security
- 6: Acting as Market Maker or Specialist in the underlying security of a derivative security
- 7: Foreign Entity (of foreign government or regulatory jurisdiction)
- 8: External Market Participant
- 9: External Inter-connected Market Linkage
- A: Riskless Arbitrage
- B: Issuer Holding
- C: Issuer Price Stabilization
- D: Non-Algorithmic
- E: Algorithmic
|
| 1724 | OrderOrigination | INT | CRequired for exchanges subject to MiFID II regulations.
| Identifies the origin of the order. whether the order was received from a customer of the firm, originated by the firm, or whether the order was received from another broker-dealer. The value corresponds to the Direct Electronic Access setting for Order Tag Defaults in Setup.
Possible values:- 5: Order from a direct access or sponsored access customer
- 99: Other
|
| 16566 | DropCopyOrder | BOOLEAN | CSent only for Drop Copy FIX Adapter sessions with the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancle/change messsages and pending execution reports) option is enabled in Setup. When sent, the value of this tag will always be Y.
| Indicates the message is a drop copy order message. This tag is generated by TT FIX Adapter to provide a complete audit trail for the order.
Note: FIX clients should not send this tag for incoming messages.
|
| 2404 | ComplianceText | STRING | C | ComplianceText (Tag 2404) is a free-form text field containing compliance information used for regulatory reporting. Tag 2404 is supported on all order, change, cancel and execution report messages.
ComplianceText (Tag 2404) is conditionally required for some orders in production for Eurex and EEX.
- If Trading Capacity is Proprietary (5) then ComplianceText (Tag 2404) is required
- If Trading Capacity is Agency (1), then ComplianceText (Tag 2404) is required when the user is an Exchange Trader acting for another exchange participant. It should not be sent when the user is a client of the Member (not an exchange trader).
Note: Orders will not be rejected by the exchange if this field is not populated.
Tag 2404 in the TT system behaves as follows:
- ComplianceText (Tag 2404) should include the following info: Member ID/ Trader ID combination, aka the MGT (for ex. ABCFRTRD001).
- ComplianceText (Tag 2404) will be set at the User level in a new field to be added in Setup, “Compliance Text”.
- If ComplianceText (Tag 2404) is populated, TT will send it to the exchange in Tag 2404, if it is not populated, TT will not send the tag.
|
| 18009 | TradingStrategy | INT | C | Defines the type of trading strategy for the order.
Note: Only applies to products on Chinese markets that are traded through a certain 3rd-party execution gateway.
Possible values:- 1: ARBITRAGE
- 10: HEDGE
- 11: DIRECTIONAL
|
| 18010 | ReverseSpreadOC | INT | C | Sets whether to reverse the spread on open/close.
Note: Only applies to products on Chinese markets that are traded through a certain 3rd-party execution gateway.
Possible values:- 0: Do not reverse open close flag on far leg
- 1: Reverse spread open close flag on far leg
|
| 453 | NoPartyIDs | NUMINGROUP | N | Number of parties in the PartiesGrp repeating group
| | 448 | PartyID | STRING | CRequired when NoPartyIds (453) is greater than 0.
| Party identifier code
Reserved values when 452=3 (ClientID) and 447=P (Short code):
- 0: Own account; no client
- 1: PNAL (Pending allocation)
- 2: AGGR (Aggregated)
- GU: CME give-up code (to override the Give-up code configured in Setup)
- SX: SGX give-up code (to override the Give-up code configured in Setup)
Reserved when 452=12 (Executing trader) and 447=P (Short code):
- 3: NORE: Execution decision outside firm
| | 452 | PartyRole | INT | CRequired when NoPartyIds (453) is greater than 0.
| Type or role of PartyID (tag 448)
| | 2376 | PartyRoleQualifier | INT | N | Qualifies the PartyRole (tag 452) supplied for this PartyID (tag 448).
Default values are set for this tag when PartyRole (tag 452) is one of the following:
- When 452=3 (Client ID), the default is 2376=23 (Firm).
- When 452=12 (Execution Decision Maker), the default is 2376=24 (Natural Person).
- When 452=122 (Investment Decision Maker), the default is 2376=24 (Natural Person).
Condition: Required when NoPartyIds (453) is greater than 0.
Possible values:- 22: Algorithm
- 23: Firm or legal entity
- 24: Natural person
| | 447 | PartyIDSource | CHAR | CRequired when NoPartyIds (453) is greater than 0.
| Identifies class or source of the PartyID (448) value.
Possible values:- 1: Korean investor ID
- 2: Taiwanese qualified investor ID (QFII FID)
- 3: Taiwanese trading account
- 4: Malaysian central depository
- 5: Chinese investor ID
- 6: UK national insurance or pension number
- 7: US social security number
- 8: US employer or tax ID number
- 9: Australian business number
- A: Australian tax file number
- B: BIC
- C: Generally-accepted market participant identifier
- D: Proprietary
- E: ISO country code
- F: Settlement entity location
- G: MIC
- H: CSD participant member code
- I: Directed broker three-character acronym as defined in the ISITC ETC Best Practice Guidelines document
- P: Short code
|
|
| 2593 | NoOrderAttributes | INT | N | Number of order attributes in the repeating group
| | 2594 | OrderAttributeType | INT | CRequired when OrderAttributeGrp (2593) is greater than 0.
| Type of order attribute
Possible values:- 2: Liquidity provision activity order
- 3: Commodity Derivative Indicator (risk reduction) order
- 4: Algorithmic order
| | 2595 | OrderAttributeValue | STRING | CRequired when OrderAttributeGrp (2593) is greater than 0.
| Value of order attribute
|
|
| 16117 | OrderSource | INT | N | TT component that most recently acted on an active order.
Note: This tag is valid only in messages sent from TT FIX Drop Copy sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled in Setup.
Possible values:- 0: ASE
- 2: TTW
- 3: Invalid
- 4: TT Trader
- 6: Mobile
- 7: ROE
- 9: External
- 10: TT FIX
- 11: Aggregator
- 12: Bouncer
- 13: Lambda Liquidator
- 14: External FIX Adapter
- 15: Prime ASE
- 16: Nimbus
- 17: ADL
- 18: TTSDK
- 19: TT Algo
- 20: ADL Prime
- 21: TTSDK Prime
- 22: TT Algo Prime
- 23: Chart
- 24: TTD
- 25: TTD Chart
- 26: TTINT
- 27: TT Admin
- 28: TT .NET API client
- 29: TT .NET API server
- 30: C++ API
- 31: TT Options Risk
- 32: External upload
- 33: Stager
- 34: TT Score
- 35: FIX Adapter Child Router
- 36: POT Child Router
- 37: Terminator
|
| 7928 | SelfMatchPreventionID | STRING | N | Exchange-registered identifier that enables customers to prevent the matching of orders for accounts with common ownership, even across different executing firms.
|
| 8000 | SMPInstruction | CHAR | N | Instruction provided to the exchange as to whether to cancel the resting or incoming
(aggressing) order in the
event of a self-match.
Notes:
This tag is valid only when tag 7928 (SelfMatchPreventionID) is also provided.
As per ASX ‘s Unintentional Crossing Prevention (UCP) rules, the exchange does not reject trades when a UCP match is detected.
- On ASX orders, Tag 8000 (SMPInstruction) is implicitly set to M, Match when a UCP ID value is provided in Tag 7928 (SelfMatchPreventionID).
- On ASX trades for such orders, the value in Tag 8000 (SMPInstruction) reflects whether a UCP match was detected or not by the ASX exchange.
Possible values:- B: SMP Instruction type cancel both
- d: SMP Instruction type decrement Leaves quantity only. Do not restate Order quantity (CBOE)
- D: SMP Instruction type decrement Order quantity and Leaves quantity of the larger order/Cancel smaller order (CBOE)
- e: SMP Instruction type market-wide
- f: SMP Instruction type market-wide cancel aggressor
- g: SMP Instruction type market-wide cancel resting
- h: SMP Instruction type market-wide decrement leaves quantity
- m: SMP Instruction type Not Match (ASX)
- M: SMP Instruction type match (ASX)
- N: SMP Instruction type cancel aggressor
- O: SMP Instruction type cancel resting
- S: SMP Instruction type cancel smallest order (CBOE)
|
| 168 | EffectiveTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to start working the order.
|
| 126 | ExpireTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Time to stop working the order.
|
| 18227 | Organization | STRING | N | User-defined name of the trader’s organization.
|
| 16112 | NoLinks | INT | CSent only for FIX Drop Copy OUT sessions when the Compliance Feed (Send original order/cancel/change messages and pending execution reports) setting is enabled for the session in TT Setup. The tag is ignored if sent on FIX Order Routing sessions.
| Number of links contained in this repeating group
|
| 16113 | LinkID | STRING | C | Used to identify relationships between entities (accounts or orders).
Example: Distinguish that this is a child order or fill that came from a synthetic parent order. Child orders and fills that came from the same parent order will have the same LinkID.
Note: If the Send Staged / Synthetic Child order / fill message setting is enabled for the FIX session in the Setup application, this tag will contain a shortened ID.
|
| 16114 | LinkType | CHAR | C | The kind of link.
Note: When LinkType (Tag 16114) equals R, LinkID (Tag 16113) will contain the TT Order ID of the topmost parent order in the chain (e.g., parent/child/grandchild/etc.) of algo orders.
Possible values:- 7: Staged child order ID
- P: Parent order ID
- X: Position transfer ID
- 8: Staged bulked child order ID
- 9: Staged stitched child order ID
- A: Staged split child order ID
- E: Unique execution ID allocated from (FX only)
- R: Root algo order ID
- F: Parent Account ID
|
| 16601 | EchoDC_01 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16602 | EchoDC_02 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16603 | EchoDC_03 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16604 | EchoDC_04 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16605 | EchoDC_05 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16606 | EchoDC_06 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16607 | EchoDC_07 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16608 | EchoDC_08 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16609 | EchoDC_09 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16610 | EchoDC_10 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16631 | EchoDC_11 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16632 | EchoDC_12 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16633 | EchoDC_13 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16634 | EchoDC_14 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16635 | EchoDC_15 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16636 | EchoDC_16 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16637 | EchoDC_17 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16638 | EchoDC_18 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16639 | EchoDC_19 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16640 | EchoDC_20 | STRING | N | Customer-defined text field visible only to FIX client applications. The value is not sent to the exchange.
|
| 16852 | ParentVendorOrderID | STRING | N | For internal TT use only
|
| 16853 | ParentVendorUserID | STRING | N | For internal TT use only
|
| 16854 | ParentVendorAccountID | STRING | N | For internal TT use only
|
| 16855 | ParentVendorBrokerID | STRING | N | For internal TT use only
|
| 16856 | ParentVendorProfileID | STRING | N | For internal TT use only
|
| 16130 | IntentToCross | BOOLEAN | N | Required tag for compliance purposes that indicates whether or not the order is for a pre-arranged transaction. Applicable when Intent To Cross is enabled on the TT account.
Note: Only applicable for the MX exchange.
Note: Consult the MX exchange for information on how to properly implement this tag.
|
| 18001 | MockOrderFlag | INT | N | This optional tag is available in all order and execution report messages. In addition, these tags will not appear in any current messages in production and are reserved for future use.
Possible values:- 0: Not a mock order
- 1: A mock order
|
| 9200 | SubStrategy | STRING | N | Sets the underlying Premium Order Type behavior managing execution of the TT Splicer instrument.
|
| 9991 | LegRiskAversion | INT | N | Influences how long the algorithm will leave the parent order partially hedged after a new fill on one of the legs.
|
| 9992 | HedgeDiscretionTicks | INT | N |
Non-negative integer to give hedge orders allowance beyond inferred limit price in order to complete a hedge leg
order.
|
| 864 | NoEvents | NUMINGROUP | N | Number of entries in the event types repeating group
|
| 865 | EventType | INT | N | Type of event
Possible values:- 5: Expiry date
- 6: Last trading date
- : The following values are only available for EPEX and Nord Pool:
- 13: First delivery date
- 14: Last delivery date
- 101: First trading date
- 102: SDAT first trading date
|
| 866 | EventDate | LOCALMKTDATE | N | Date the event occurred
|
| 1145 | EventTime | UTCTIMESTAMP | N | Note: This tag is only available for EPEX and Nord Pool.
Specific time of event. Use in combination with EventDate <866>.
|
| 117 | QuoteId | STRING | N | Unique identifier for quote.
|
| 10 | CheckSum | STRING | Y | Unencrypted three-character checksum
This tag must always be the last field in a message (i.e. it serves, with the trailing <SOH>, as the end-of-message delimiter).
|
|